Phospholipid compounds and uses thereof

Abstract

Abstract Compounds of Formula (I) and methods of using said compounds, singly or in combination with additional agents, and pharmaceutical compositions of said compounds for the treatment of viral infections (for example Paramyxoviridae, Pneumoviridae, Picornaviridae, Flaviviridae, Filoviridae, Arenaviridae, Orthomyxovirus, and Coronaviridae infections) are disclosed. Abstract NH R¹-X R² N o Z² N O N OH "CN (I) RÒ ÓR Abstract NH o N O N OH "CN RÒ ÓR

Description

CROSS REFERENCE BACKGROUND

[0002] There is a need for compounds and methods for treating viral infections, for example Paramyxoviridae, Pneumoviridae, Picornaviridae, Flaviviridae, Filoviridae, Arenaviridae, Orthomyxovirus, and Coronaviridae infections. The present disclosure addresses these and other needs. SUMMARY

[0003] In one aspect, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula I: Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Z1 is -CH2- or -CH2-CH2-; Z2 is -CH2- or -CH2-CH2-; X is bond, -O-, -(CR12AR12B)q-, -O(CR12AR12B)q-, or -OCR12AR12B-(CR13=CR14)-; wherein 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 each R12A is independently H, Ci-Ce alkyl, or phenyl; each R12B is independently H or Ci-Ce alkyl; or R12A and R12B on same carbon are joined together to form a C3-C6 cycloalkylene; R13 is H, Ci-Ce alkyl, or phenyl; R14 is H, Ci-Ce alkyl, or phenyl; q is 1 or 2; R1 is H, C1-C20 alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, Ce-Cio aryl, or 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, S, and O; wherein when R1 is not H, the R1 group is optionally substituted with one or two R1A groups; wherein each R1A is independently a C1-C3 alkyl, phenyl, halo, C1-C3 alkoxy, cyano, or Ci-Cshaloalkyl; or wherein two R1A on same or adjacent carbons are joined together to from a 3 to 6 membered cycloalkyl or 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, S, and O; R2 is H or C1-C3 alkyl; Y is absent, phenylene, or C3-C6 cycloalkylene; R3 is H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, C1-C3 haloalkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl; each R4 is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, C1-C3 haloalkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl; or R4 group together with the R4 group of one adjacent carbon atom forms a double bond; each R5 is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, C1-C3 haloalkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl; R6 is H or -C(O)Ci-C6 alkyl; 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 R7 is H or -C(O)Ci-Ce alkyl; and m is an integer from 10 to 21.

[0004] In another aspect, the disclosure provides a pharmaceutical formulation comprising a pharmaceutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.

[0005] In another aspect, the disclosure provides a method of treating or preventing a viral infection in a human in need thereof, wherein the method comprises administering to the human a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

[0006] In another aspect, the disclosure provides a method for manufacturing a medicament for treating or preventing a viral infection in a human in need thereof, characterized in that a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is used.

[0007] In another aspect the disclosure provides use of a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of a viral infection in a human in need thereof. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION I. General

[0008] The invention relates generally to methods and compounds for treating or preventing viral infections, for exampleparamyxoviridae,pneumoviridae,picornaviridae,flaviviridae, fdoviridae, arenaviridae, orthomyxovirus, and coronaviridae. II. Definitions

[0009] Unless stated otherwise, the following terms and phrases as used herein are intended to have the following meanings: 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0010] As used herein, “a compound of the disclosure” or “a compound of Formula I” means a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, thereof. Similarly, the phrase “a compound of Formula (number)” means a compound of that formula and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

[0011] “Alkyl” refers to an unbranched or branched saturated hydrocarbon chain. For example, an alkyl group can have 1 to 20 carbon atoms (i. e, C1-C20 alkyl), 1 to 8 carbon atoms (i.e., Ci-Cs alkyl), 1 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., Ci-Ce alkyl), or 1 to 3 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C3 alkyl). Examples of suitable alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (Me, -CEE), ethyl (Et, -CH2CH3), 1-propyl (w-Pr, zz-propyl, -CH2CH2CH3), 2-propyl (z-Pr, z-propyl, -CH(CH3)2), 1-butyl (zz-Bu, zz-butyl, -CH2CH2CH2CH3), 2-methyl-l-propyl (z-Bu, z-butyl, -CH2CH(CH3)2), 2-butyl (s-Bu, 5-butyl, -CH(CH3)CH2CH3), 2-methyl-2-propyl (Z-Bu, Z-butyl, -C(CH3)3), 1-pentyl (n-pentyl, -CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3), 2-pentyl (-CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH3), 3-pentyl (-CH(CH2CH3)2), 2-methyl-2-butyl (-C(CH3)2CH2CH3), 3-methyl-2-butyl (-CH(CH3)CH(CH3)2), 3-methyl-1-butyl (-CH2CH2CH(CH3)2), 2-methyl-l-butyl (-CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH3), 1-hexyl (-CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3), 2-hexyl (-CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH2CH3), 3-hexyl (-CH(CH2CH3)(CH2CH2CH3)), 2-methyl-2-pentyl (-QCJE^CJhCJhCJE), 3-methyl-2-pentyl (-CH(CH3)CH(CH3)CH2CH3), 4-methyl-2-pentyl (-CH(CH3)CH2CH(CH3)2), 3-methyl-3-pentyl (-C(CH3)(CH2CH3)2), 2-methyl-3-pentyl (-CH(CH2CH3)CH(CH3)2), 2,3-dimethyl-2-butyl (-QCEEhCEhEEEM and 3,3-dimethyl-2-butyl (-CH(CH3)C(CH3)3.

[0012] “Alkoxy” means a group having the formula -O-alkyl, in which an alkyl group, as defined above, is attached to the parent molecule via an oxygen atom. The alkyl portion of an alkoxy group can have 1 to 20 carbon atoms (z.e., C1-C20 alkoxy), 1 to 12 carbon atoms (z.e., C1-C12 alkoxy), 1 to 8 carbon atoms (z.e., Ci-Cs alkoxy), 1 to 6 carbon atoms (z.e., Ci-Ce alkoxy) or 1 to 3 carbon atoms (z.e., C1-C3 alkoxy). Examples of suitable alkoxy groups include, but are 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 not limited to, methoxy (-O-CH3 or -OMe), ethoxy (-OCH2CH3 or -OEt), t-butoxy (-O-C(CH3)3 or -OtBu) and the like. |0013] “Haloalkyl” is an alkyl group, as defined above, in which one or more hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group is replaced with a halogen atom. The alkyl portion of a haloalkyl group can have 1 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C20 haloalkyl), 1 to 12 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C12 haloalkyl), 1 to 8 carbon atoms (i.e., Ci-Cs haloalkyl), 1 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., Ci-Ce alkyl) or 1 to 3 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C3 alkyl). Examples of suitable haloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, -CF3, -CHF2, -CFH2, -CH2CF3, and the like.

[0014] “Aryl” means an aromatic hydrocarbon radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent aromatic ring system. For example, an aryl group can have 6 to 20 carbon atoms, 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Typical aryl groups include, but are not limited to, radicals derived from benzene (e.g., phenyl), substituted benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, biphenyl, and the like.

[0015] “Cycloalkyl” refers to a saturated or partially saturated cyclic alkyl group having a single ring or multiple rings including fused, bridged, and spiro ring systems. As used herein, cycloalkyl has from 3 to 20 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C3-20 cycloalkyl), 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C3-12 cycloalkyl), 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C3-10 cycloalkyl), 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C3-8 cycloalkyl), or 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C3-6 cycloalkyl). Examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl.

[0016] The term “halo” as used herein, refers to -F, -Cl, -Br or -I. In one embodiment, a halo group is -F or -Cl. In another embodiment, a halo group is -F.

[0017] “Heterocycle” or “heterocyclyl” refer to a saturated or unsaturated cyclic alkyl group, with one or more ring heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. A heterocyclyl may be a single ring or multiple rings wherein the multiple rings may be fused, 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 bridged, or spiro. As used herein, heterocyclyl has 3 to 20 ring atoms (i.e., 3 to 20 membered heterocyclyl), 3 to 12 ring atoms (i.e., 3 to 12 membered heterocyclyl), 3 to 10 ring atoms (i.e., 3 to 10 membered heterocyclyl), 3 to 8 ring atoms (i.e., 3 to 8 membered heterocyclyl), 4 to 12 ring carbon atoms (i.e., 4 to 12 membered heterocyclyl), 4 to 8 ring atoms (i.e., 4 to 8 membered heterocyclyl), or 4 to 6 ring atoms (i.e., 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl). Examples of heterocyclyl groups include pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, oxetanyl, dioxolanyl, azetidinyl, and morpholinyl. The terms heterocycle or heterocyclyl do not encompass or overlap with heteroaryls as defined below.

[0018] “Heteroaryl” refers to an aromatic group having a single ring, multiple rings, or multiple fused rings, with one or more ring heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. As used herein, heteroaryl includes 1 to 20 ring atoms (i.e., C1.20 heteroaryl), 3 to 12 ring atoms (i.e., C3-12 heteroaryl), or 3 to 8 ring atoms (i.e., C3-8 heteroaryl); and 1 to 5 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 2 ring heteroatoms, or 1 ring heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. Examples of heteroaryl groups include pyrimidinyl, purinyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, benzothiazolyl, and pyrazolyl. Heteroaryl does not encompass or overlap with aryl as defined above.

[0019] The term “optionally substituted” in reference to a particular moiety of the compound of Formula I (e.g., an optionally substituted aryl group) refers to a moiety wherein all substituents are hydrogen or wherein one or more of the hydrogens of the moiety may be replaced by the listed substituents.

[0020] Unless otherwise specified, the carbon atoms of the compounds of Formula I are intended to have a valence of four. If in some chemical structure representations, carbon atoms do not have a sufficient number of variables attached to produce a valence of four, the remaining carbon substituents needed to provide a valence of four should be assumed to be hydrogen. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0021] The term “treating”, as used herein, unless otherwise indicated, means reversing, alleviating, inhibiting the progress of, or preventing the disorder or condition to which such term applies, or one or more symptoms of such disorder or condition. The term “treatment”, as used herein, refers to the act of treating, as “treating” is defined immediately above.

[0022] The term “therapeutically effective amount”, as used herein, is the amount of compound of Formula I present in a composition described herein that is needed to provide a desired level of drug in the secretions and tissues of the airways and lungs, or alternatively, in the bloodstream of a subject to be treated to give an anticipated physiological response or desired biological effect when such a composition is administered by the chosen route of administration. The precise amount will depend upon numerous factors, for example the particular compound of Formula I, the specific activity of the composition, the delivery device employed, the physical characteristics of the composition, its intended use, as well as patient considerations such as severity of the disease state, patient cooperation, etc., and can readily be determined by one skilled in the art based upon the information provided herein.

[0023] The term “adjacent carbons” as used herein refers to consecutive carbons atoms that are H H H H H H 34 4 3C 2 34, H 5 X3 A 1H directly attached to each other. For example, in H H H H , Ci and C2 are adjacent carbons, C2 and C3 are adjacent carbons, C3 and C4 are adjacent carbons, and C4 and C5 are 6 ( J 2 adjacent carbons. Similarly, in 3 Ci and C2 are adjacent carbons, C2 and C3 are adjacent carbons, C3 and C4 are adjacent carbons, and C4 and C5 are adjacent carbons, C5 and Ce are adjacent carbons and Ce and Ci are adjacent carbons.

[0024] Certain commonly used alternative chemical names may or may not be used. For example, a divalent group such as a divalent “alkyl” group, a divalent “aryl” group, a divalent 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 “cycloalkyl” group etc., may also be referred to as an “alkylene” group or an “alkylenyl” group, or alkylyl group; an “arylene” group or an “arylenyl” group, or arylyl group; a “cycloalkylene” group or an “cycloalkylenyl” group, or cycloalkylyl group respectively. III. Compounds |0025] Provided herein are compounds of Formula I: Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Z1 is -CH2- or -CH2-CH2-; Z2 is -CH2- or -CH2-CH2-; X is bond, -O-, -(CR12AR12B)q-, -O(CR12AR12B)q-, or -OCR12AR12B-(CR13=CR14)-; wherein each R12A is independently H, Ci-Ce alkyl, or phenyl; each R12B is independently H or Ci-Ce alkyl; or R12A and R12B on same carbon are joined together to form a C3-C6 cycloalkylene; R13 is H, Ci-Ce alkyl, or phenyl; R14 is H, Ci-Ce alkyl, or phenyl; q is 1 or 2; R1 is H, C1-C20 alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, Ce-Cio aryl, or 5-10 membered 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 heteroaryl containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, S, and O; wherein when R1 is not H, the R1 group is optionally substituted with one or two R1A groups; wherein each R1A is independently a C1-C3 alkyl, phenyl, halo, C1-C3 alkoxy, cyano, or Ci-Cshaloalkyl; or wherein two R1A on same or adjacent carbons are joined together to from a 3 to 6 membered cycloalkyl or 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, S, and O; R2 is H or C1-C3 alkyl; Y is absent, phenylene, or C3-C6 cycloalkylene; R3 is H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, C1-C3 haloalkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl; each R4 is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, C1-C3 haloalkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl; or R4 group together with the R4 group of one adjacent carbon atom forms a double bond; each R5 is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, C1-C3 haloalkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl; R6isHor -C(O)Ci-C6 alkyl; R7 is H or -C(O)Ci-Ce alkyl; and m is an integer from 10 to 21.

[0026] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, Z1 is -CH2- and Z2 is -CH2-. In some embodiments, at least one of Z1 and Z2 is -CH2-CH2-. In some embodiments, both Z1 and Z2 are -CH2-CH2-. In some embodiments, Z1 is -CH2-CH2- and Z2 is -CH2-. In some embodiments, Z1 is -CH2- and Z2 is -CH2-CH2-. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0027] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I has a Formula II: Formula II, wherein R8is H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, C1-C3 haloalkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl; R9 is H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, C1-C3 haloalkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl; w and v is independently an integer from 10 to 21; u is 0 or 1; and w+u+v is an integer from 10 to 21.

[0028] In some embodiments of the compound of Formula II, u is 0. In some embodiments, u is 1. In some embodiments, u is 1, R8is H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, C1-C3 haloalkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl, and R9 is H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, C1-C3 haloalkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, u is 1, R8is H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, or C1-C3 haloalkyl, and R9 is H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, or C1-C3 haloalkyl. In some embodiments, u is 1, R8is H, C1-C3 alkyl or halo, and R9 is H, C1-C3 alkyl or halo. In some embodiments, u is 1, R8 is H or C1-C3 alkyl, and R9 is H or C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, u is 1, R8 is H or methyl, and R9 is H or methyl. In some embodiments, u is 1, R8 is H, and R9 is H. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0029] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or II has a Formula III: R66 OR7 Formula III, wherein n is an integer from 8 to 19.

[0030] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, II, and III, X is -O-, -(CR12AR12B)q-, -O(CR12AR12B)q-, or -OCR12AR12B-(CR13=CR14)-, wherein q is 1 or 2. In some embodiments X is a bond, -O-, -(CR12AR12B)-, -O(CR12AR12B)-, or -OCR12AR12B-(CR13=CR14)-. In some embodiments, X is a bond, -O-, -(CR12AR12B)2-, -O(CR12AR12B)2-, or -OCR12AR12B-(CR13=CR14)-. In some embodiments, X is -O-, -O(CR12AR12B)q-, or -OCR12AR12B-(CR13=CR14)-, wherein q is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, X is -O-, -O(CR12AR12B)-, or -OCR12AR12B-(CR13=CR14)-. In some embodiments, X is -O-, -O(CR12AR12B)2-, or -OCR12AR12B-(CR13=CR14)-. In some embodiments X is a bond, -0-, -(CR12AR12B)q-, -O(CR12AR12B)q-, wherein q is 1 or 2. In some embodiments X is a bond, -0-, -(CR12AR12B)2-, -O(CR12AR12B)2-. In some embodiments X is a bond, -0-, -(CR12AR12B)-, -O(CR12AR12B)-. In some embodiments, X is O. In some embodiments X is -(CR12AR12B)q-, where q is 1 or 2. In some embodiments X is -(CR12AR12B)-. In some embodiments X is -(CR12AR12B)2-. In some embodiments, X is -O(CR12AR12B)q-,where q is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, X is -O(CR12AR12B)-. In some embodiments, X is -O(CR12AR12B)2-.

[0031] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, II, and III, each R12A is independently H, Ci-Ce alkyl, or phenyl; each R12B is independently H or Ci-Ce alkyl; R13 is H, Ci-Ce alkyl, or phenyl; and R14 is H, Ci-Ce alkyl, or phenyl. In some embodiments, each R12Ais 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 independently H or Ci-Ce alkyl; each R12B is independently H or Ci-Ce alkyl; R13 is H or Ci-Ce alkyl; and R14 is H or Ci-Ce alkyl. In some embodiments, each R12Ais independently H or C1.C3 alkyl, each R12B is independently H or C1.C3 alkyl, R13 is H or C1.C3 alkyl, and R14 is H or C1.C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, each R12Ais H, each R12B is H, R13 is H and R14 is H.

[0032] In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, II, and III, X is a bond, -O-, -(CR12AR12B)q-, -O(CR12AR12B)q-; where q is 1 or 2; each R12A is independently H, Ci-Ce alkyl, or phenyl; and each R12B is independently H or Ci-Ce alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, X is a bond, -O-, -(CR12AR12B)q-, -O(CR12AR12B)q-; where q is 1 or 2; each R12A is independently H or Ci-Ce alkyl; and each R12B is independently H or Ci-Ce alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, X is a bond, -O-, -(CR12AR12B)q-, -O(CR12AR12B)q-; where q is 1 or 2; each R12A is independently H or C1.C3 alkyl; and each R12B is independently H or C1.C3 alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, X is a bond, -0-, -(CR12AR12B)q-, -O(CR12AR12B)q-; where q is 1 or 2; each R12A is H; and each R12B is H. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, X is a bond, -0-, -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -OCH2-, or -O(CH2)2-.In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, X is a bond, -0-, -OCH2, or -CH2CH2.

[0033] In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, II, and III, X is -0-, -(CR12AR12B)q-, -O(CR12AR12B)q-; where q is 1 or 2; each R12A is independently H, Ci-Ce alkyl, or phenyl; and each R12B is independently H or Ci-Ce alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, X is -0-, -(CR12AR12B)q-, -O(CR12AR12B)q-; where q is 1 or 2; each R12A is independently H or Ci-Ce alkyl; and each R12B is independently H or Ci-Ce alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, X is -0-, -(CR12AR12B)q-, -O(CR12AR12B)q-; where q is 1 or 2; each R12A is independently H or C1.C3 alkyl; and each R12B is independently H or C1.C3 alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, X is -0-, -(CR12AR12B)q-, -O(CR12AR12B)q-; where q is 1 or 2; each R12A is H; and each R12B is H. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0034] In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, II, and III, X is -O-, -(CR12AR12B)-, -O(CR12AR12B)-; where R12A is H, Ci-Ce alkyl, or phenyl; and R12B is H or Ci-Ce alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, X is -O-, -(CR12AR12B)-, -O(CR12AR12B)-, where R12A is H or Ci-Ce alkyl, and R12B H or Ci-Ce alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, X is -O-, -(CR12AR12B)-, -O(CR12AR12B)-, where R12A is H or C1.C3 alkyl, and R12B is H or C1.C3 alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, X is -0-, -(CR12AR12B)-, -O(CR12AR12B)-; where R12A is H, and R12B is H.

[0035] In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, II, and III, X is -0-, -(CR12AR12B)2-, -O(CR12AR12B) 2-; where each R12A is independently H, Ci-Ce alkyl, or phenyl; and each R12B is independently H or Ci-Ce alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, X is -0-, -(CR12AR12B) 2-, -O(CR12AR12B) 2-, where each R12A is independently H or Ci-Ce alkyl, and each R12B is independently H or Ci-Ce alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, X is -0-, -(CR12AR12B) 2-, -O(CR12AR12B) 2-, where each R12A is independently H or C1.C3 alkyl, and each R12B is independently H or C1.C3 alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, X is -0-, -(CR12AR12B) 2-, -O(CR12AR12B) 2-; where each R12A is H and each R12B is H.

[0036] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, II, and III, X is -0-, -OCH2-,-OCH2-CH2-, -CH2-,-CH2-CH2- or -OCH2-(CH=CH)-. In some embodiments, X is -0-, -OCH2-, -CH2- or -OCH2-(CH=CH)-. In some embodiments, X is -0-. In some embodiments, X is -CH2-or -CH2-CH2-. In some embodiments, X is -CH2-CH2-. In some embodiments, X is -CH2-.

[0037] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, II, and III, X is -0-, -OCH2-,-OCH2-CH2- or -OCH2-(CH=CH)-. In some embodiments, X is -0-, -OCH2-, or -OCH2-(CH=CH)-. In some embodiments, X is -0-. In some embodiments, X is -OCH2-. In some embodiments, X is -OCH2-CH2-. In some embodiments, X is -OCH2-(CH=CH)-. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0038] In some embodiments, of the compounds of Formula I, II, and III, X is a bond. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, II, or III, Y is phenylene or C3-C6 cycloalkylene. In some embodiments, Y is             or             In some embodiments, Y is phenylene. In some embodiments, Y is            in some embodiments, Y is C3-C6 cycloalkylene. In some embodiments, Y is cyclohexylene. In some embodiments, Y is In some embodiments, Y is absent. In some embodiments, Y is absent or phenylene. In some embodiments, Y is absent or C3-C6 cycloalkylene.

[0039] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, II, or III has a Formula IV: Formula IV, wherein n is an integer from 8 to 19.

[0040] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, II, III, or IV, R2 is H. In some embodiments, R2 is C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R2 is methyl or ethyl. In some embodiments, R2 is methyl. In some embodiments, R2 is ethyl. In some embodiments, R2 is H, methyl or ethyl. In some embodiments, R2 is H or methyl. In some embodiments, R2 is H or ethyl.

[0041] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula III or IV, n is an integer from 11-18. In some embodiments, n is an integer from 13-18. In some embodiments, n is an integer from 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 14-18. In some embodiments n is 15, 16, 17, or 18. In some embodiments n is 15. In some embodiments n is 16. In some embodiments n is 17. In some embodiments n is 18.

[0042] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, II, III, or IV, each R5 is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, C1-C3 haloalkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, each R5 is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, or C1-C3 haloalkyl. In some embodiments, each R5 is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl, or halo. In some embodiments, each R5 is independently H, or C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, each R5 is independently H, methyl or ethyl. In some embodiments, each R5 is independently H or methyl. In some embodiments, each R5 is independently H or ethyl. In some embodiments, each R5 is H. In some embodiments, each R5 is methyl. In some embodiments, each R5 is ethyl.

[0043] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, II, III, and IV, each R4 is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, C1-C3 haloalkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, each R4 is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, or C1-C3 haloalkyl. In some embodiments, each R4 is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl, or halo. In some embodiments, each R4 is independent H, or C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments each R4 is independently H, methyl or ethyl. In some embodiments, each R4 is H. In some embodiments, each R4 is methyl. In some embodiments, each R4 is ethyl.

[0044] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, II, III, or IV has a Formula V: Formula V. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0045] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV or V has a Formula V has a Formula Va: Formula Va.

[0046] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV or V has a Formula Vb: Formula Vb.

[0047] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, or Vb, R3 is H, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R3 is H, C1-C3 alkyl or C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R3 is H, methyl, ethyl, propyl or cyclopropyl. In some embodiments, R3 is H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl. In some embodiments, R3 is H. In some embodiments, R3 is methyl. In some embodiments, R3 is ethyl. In some embodiments, R3 is cyclopropyl.

[0048] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula V, Va or Vb, R4 is H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, C1-C3 haloalkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R4 is H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, or C1-C3 haloalkyl. In some embodiments, R4 is H, C1-C3 alkyl, or halo. In some embodiments, R4 is H, or C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R4 is H, methyl or ethyl. In some embodiments, R4 is H. In some embodiments, R4 is methyl. In some embodiments, R4 is ethyl. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0049] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula V, Va, or Vb, R5 is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, C1-C3 haloalkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R5 is H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, or C1-C3 haloalkyl. In some embodiments, R5 is H, C1-C3 alkyl, or halo. In some embodiments, R5 is H or C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R5 is H, methyl or ethyl. In some embodiments, R5 is independently H or methyl. In some embodiments, R5 is independently H or ethyl. In some embodiments, R5 is H. In some embodiments, R5 is methyl. In some embodiments, R5 is ethyl.

[0050] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va or Vb is a compound of Formula VI: Formula VI.

[0051] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va or VI is a compound of Formula Via: Formula Via. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0052] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Vb or VI is a compound of Formula VIb: Formula VIb.

[0053] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, and VIb, R1 is C1-C20 alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, Ce-Cio aryl, or 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, S, and O; wherein the R1 group is optionally substituted with one or two R1A groups. In some embodiments, R1 is H, Ci-Ce alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, Ce-Cio aryl, or 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, S, and O; wherein when R1 is not H, the R1 group is optionally substituted with one or two R1Agroups. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-C20 alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, or 5-6 membered heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, S, and O; wherein the R1 group is optionally substituted with one or two R1A groups. In some embodiments, R1 is Ci-Ce alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, or 5-6 membered heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, S, and O; wherein the R1 group is optionally substituted with one or two R1Agroups. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-C20 alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, Ce-Cio aryl, or 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, S, and O; wherein the R1 group is optionally substituted with one or two R1A groups. In some embodiments, R1 is Ci-Ce alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, Ce-Cio aryl, or 510 membered heteroaryl containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, S, and O; 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 wherein the R1 group is optionally substituted with one or two R1A groups. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-C20 alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, or Ce-Cio aryl; wherein the R1 group is optionally substituted with one or two R1Agroups. In some embodiments, R1 is Ci-Ce alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, or Ce-Cio aryl; wherein the R1 group is optionally substituted with one or two R1A groups. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-C20 alkyl or Ce-Cio aryl; wherein the R1 group is optionally substituted with one or two R1Agroups. In some embodiments, R1 is Ci-Ce alkyl or Ce-Cio aryl; wherein the R1 group is optionally substituted with one or two R1A groups. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-C20 alkyl optionally substituted with one or two R1Agroups. In some embodiments, R1 is Ci-Ce alkyl optionally substituted with one or two R1A groups.

[0054] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, and VIb, R1 is Ce-Cio aryl optionally substituted with one or two R1A groups. In some embodiments, R1 is phenyl, napthyl, thiophenyl, cyclohexyl, methyl, ethyl, or propyl.

[0055] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, and VIb, R1 is unsubstituted. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one R1Agroup. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with two R1Agroups. In some embodiments, each R1A is independently C1-C3 alkyl, phenyl, halo, C1-C3 alkoxy, cyano, or Ci-Cshaloalkyl. In some embodiments, R1A is independently methyl, phenyl, chloro, fluoro, methoxy, cyano, or CF3. In some embodiments, two R1A on same or adjacent carbons are joined together to from a 3 to 6 membered cycloalkyl or 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, S, and O. In some embodiments, two R1A on same or adjacent carbons are joined together to from a 3 to 6 membered cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, two R1A on same or adjacent carbons are joined together to from a 5 membered cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, two R1A on same or adjacent carbons are joined together to from a 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, S, and O. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0056] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, and VIb, R1 is substituted with one R1A group. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with two R1A groups. In some embodiments, each R1A is independently C1-C3 alkyl, phenyl, halo, C1-C3 alkoxy, cyano, or Ci-Cshaloalkyl. In some embodiments, each R1A is independently methyl, phenyl, chloro, fluoro, methoxy, cyano, CHF2, or CF3. In some embodiments, each R1A is independently methyl, phenyl, chloro, fluoro, methoxy, cyano, or CF3. In some embodiments, each R1A is independently methyl, phenyl, chloro, fluoro, methoxy, ethoxy, cyano, CHF2, or CF3. In some embodiments, each R1A is independently methyl, phenyl, chloro, fluoro, methoxy, ethoxy, cyano, or CF3. In some embodiments, each R1A is independently chloro, fluoro, or cyano. In some embodiments, at least one R1A is cyano. In some embodiments, at least one R1A is cyano, and the other R1A, if present, is a cyano or halo.

[0057] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, and VIb, R1 is C3-C10 cycloalkyl, 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, Ce-Cio aryl, or 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, S, and O; wherein the R1 group is substituted with one or two R1A groups. In some embodiments, at least one R1A is cyano. In some embodiments, at least one R1A is cyano, and the other R1A, if present, is selected from the group consisting of C1-C3 alkyl, phenyl, halo, C1-C3 alkoxy, cyano, or Ci-Cshaloalkyl. In some embodiments, at least one R1A is cyano, and the other R1A, if present, is cyano or halo.

[0058] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, and VIb, R1 is Ce-Cio aryl or 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, S, and O; wherein the R1 group is substituted with one or two R1A groups. In some embodiments, at least one R1A is cyano. In some embodiments, at least one R1A is cyano, and the other R1A, if present, is selected from the group consisting of C1-C3 alkyl, 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 phenyl, halo, C1-C3 alkoxy, cyano, or Ci-Cshaloalkyl. In some embodiments, at least one R1A is cyano, and the other R1A, if present, is cyano or halo. |0059] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, and VIb, R1 is phenyl; wherein the R1 group is substituted with one or two R1A groups. In some embodiments, at least one R1A is cyano. In some embodiments, at least one R1A is cyano, and the other R1A, if present, is selected from the group consisting of C1-C3 alkyl, phenyl, halo, C1-C3 alkoxy, cyano, or Ci-Cshaloalkyl. In some embodiments, at least one R1A is cyano, and the other R1A, if present, is cyano or halo.

[0060] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, r1A3 r1A4^\ r1A2 rIasY^R1^ and VIb, R1 is T ; each R1A1, R1A2, R1A3, R1A4, and R1A5 is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl, phenyl, halo, C1-C3 alkoxy, cyano or Ci-Cshaloalkyl; wherein at least one of R1A2, R1A3, and R1A4 is CN and at least three of R1A1, R1A2, R1A3, R1A4, and R1A5 are H. In some embodiments, each R1A1, R1A2, R1A3, R1A4, and R1A5 is independently H, halo or cyano; wherein at least one of R1A2, R1A3, and R1A4 is CN; and at least three of R1A1, R1A2, R1A3, R1A4, and R1A5 are H.

[0061] In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, and VIb, R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 NC , -CH3, -CH(CH3)2, -C(CH3)3, -CH2CH(CH3)2, -C(CH3)2CH2CH3, and - CieH33.

[0062] In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, and VIb, R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 ? ■T , -CH3, -CH(CH3)2, -C(CH3)3, -CH2CH(CH3)2, -C(CH3)2CH2CH3, and -Ci6H33.

[0063] In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, and VIb, R1 is selected from the group consisting of: 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 C(CH3)2CH2CH3. -CH3, -C(CH3)3, and -

[0064] In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, and VIb, R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

[0065] In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, and VIb, R1 is selected from the group consisting of: 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0066] In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, and VIb, R1 is selected from the group consisting of: Cl 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0067] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va or Vb is a compound of Formula VII: Formula VII wherein each R1A1, R1A2, R1A3, R1A4, and R1A5 is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl, phenyl, halo, C1-C3 alkoxy, cyano or Ci-Cshaloalkyl; wherein at least one of R1A2, R1A3, and R1A4 is CN and at least three of R1A1, R1A2, R1A3, R1A4, and R1A5 are H.

[0068] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va or VII is a compound of Formula Vila: Formula Vila wherein each R1A1, R1A2, R1A3, R1A4, and R1A5 is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl, phenyl, halo, C1-C3 alkoxy, cyano or Ci-Cshaloalkyl; wherein at least one of R1A2, R1A3, and R1A4 is CN and at least three of R1A1, R1A2, R1A3, R1A4, and R1A5 are H. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0069] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Vb or VII is a compound of Formula Vllb: R6O OR7 Formula Vllb. wherein each R1A1, R1A2, R1A3, R1A4, and R1A5 is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl, phenyl, halo, C1-C3 alkoxy, cyano or Ci-Cshaloalkyl; wherein at least one of R1A2, R1A3, and R1A4 is CN and at least three of R1A1, R1A2, R1A3, R1A4, and R1A5 are H.

[0070] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula VII, Vila, or Vllb, each R1A1, R1A2, R1A3, rim and RiA5 inciepencientiy h, halo or cyano; wherein at least one of R1A2, R1A3, and R1A4 is CN and at least three of R1A1, R1A2, R1A3, R1A4, and R1A5 are H.

[0071] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula VII, Vila, or Vllb, R3 is H, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R3 is H, C1-C3 alkyl or C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R3 is H, methyl, ethyl, propyl or cyclopropyl. In some embodiments, R3 is H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl. In some embodiments, R3 is H. In some embodiments, R3 is methyl. In some embodiments, R3 is ethyl. In some embodiments, R3 is cyclopropyl.

[0072] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, VIb, VII, Vila, or Vllb, R6 and R7 are both H. In some embodiments, each R6 and R7 is independently -C(O)Ci-Ce alkyl. In some embodiments, each R6 and R7 is independently H or - 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 C(0)Ci-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, each R6 and R7 is independently H or -C(O)CH(CH)2. In some embodiments, R6 is H and R7 is -C(O)Ci-Ce alkyl. In some embodiments, R6 is H and R7 is -C(O)Ci-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R6 is H and R7 is -C(O)CH(CH)2. In some embodiments, R7 is H and R6 is -C(O)Ci-Ce alkyl. In some embodiments, R7 is H and R6 is -C(O)Ci-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R7 is H and R6 is -C(O)CH(CH)2.

[0073] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, Via, or VIb is 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0074] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, Via, or VIb is selected from the group consisting of: 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Cl 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 thereof.

[0075] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, Via, or VIb is selected from the group consisting of: acceptable salt thereof.

[0076] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, VIb, VII, Vila, or Vllb is selected from the group consisting of: 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0077] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, Via, VIb, VII, Vila, or Vllb is selected from the group consisting of the compounds described below in Examples 9, 16, 23, 26, 30, 31, 34-36, 39, 50, 51, 53, 54, 65-86, 93-96, 98-109, 111-119, and 124-130.

[0078] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, Via, VIb, VII, Vila, or VIb is selected from the group consisting of the compounds described below in Examples 9, 16, 23, 26, 30, 31, 34-36, 39, 50, 51, 53, 65-71, 73, 75-82, 84, 86, 93-96, 98-103, 107-109, 111-113, 116-119, and 124-130, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0079] Any reference to the compounds of the invention described herein also includes a reference to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention include salts derived from an appropriate base, such as an alkali metal or an alkaline earth (for example, Na+, Li+, K+> Ca+^ and Mg+2), ammonium and NR4+ (wherein R is defined herein). Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of a nitrogen atom or an amino group include (a) acid addition salts formed with inorganic acids, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, sulfamic acids, phosphoric acid, nitric acid and the like; (b) salts formed with organic acids such as, for example, acetic acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, gluconic acid, citric acid, malic acid, ascorbic acid, benzoic acid, isethionic acid, lactobionic acid, tannic acid, palmitic acid, alginic acid, polyglutamic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, naphthalenedisulfonic acid, polygalacturonic acid, malonic acid, sulfosalicylic acid, glycolic acid, 2-hydroxy-3-naphthoate, pamoate, salicylic acid, stearic acid, phthalic acid, mandelic acid, lactic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, lysine, arginine, glutamic acid, glycine, serine, threonine, alanine, isoleucine, leucine and the like; and (c) salts formed from elemental anions for example, chlorine, bromine, and iodine. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of a compound of a hydroxy group include the anion of said compound in combination with a suitable cation such as Na+ and NR4+.

[0080] The compounds disclosed herein (e.g. compounds of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, and VIb) and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts may exist as different polymorphs or pseudopolymorphs. As used herein, crystalline polymorphism means the ability of a crystalline compound to exist in different crystal structures. The crystalline polymorphism may result from differences in crystal packing (packing polymorphism) or differences in packing between different conformers of the same molecule (conformational polymorphism). As used herein, crystalline pseudopolymorphism means the ability of a hydrate or solvate of a compound to exist 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 in different crystal structures. The pseudopolymorphs of the instant invention may exist due to differences in crystal packing (packing pseudopolymorphism) or due to differences in packing between different conformers of the same molecule (conformational pseudopolymorphism). The instant invention comprises all polymorphs and pseudopolymorphs of the compounds of Formula I, la, lb, II, Ila, lib, III, Illa, Illb, or IIIc, and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.

[0081] The compounds disclosed herein (e.g. compounds of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, and VIb) and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts may also exist as an amorphous solid. As used herein, an amorphous solid is a solid in which there is no long-range order of the positions of the atoms in the solid. This definition applies as well when the crystal size is two nanometers or less. Additives, including solvents, may be used to create the amorphous forms of the instant invention. The instant invention comprises all amorphous forms of the compounds of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, and VIb, and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.

[0082] For therapeutic use, salts of active ingredients of the compounds of the invention will be pharmaceutically acceptable, i.e. they will be salts derived from a pharmaceutically acceptable acid or base. However, salts of acids or bases which are not pharmaceutically acceptable may also find use, for example, in the preparation or purification of a pharmaceutically acceptable compound. All salts, whether or not derived from a pharmaceutically acceptable acid or base, are within the scope of the present invention.

[0083] It is also to be understood that the compositions herein comprise compounds of the invention in their un-ionized, as well as zwitterionic form, and combinations with stoichiometric amounts of water as in hydrates.

[0084] It is to be noted that all enantiomers, diastereomers, and racemic mixtures, tautomers, polymorphs, pseudopolymorphs of compounds within the scope of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, or VIb and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are embraced by the present 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 invention. All mixtures of such enantiomers and diastereomers are within the scope of the present invention. |0085] The compounds of the invention, exemplified by Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, or VIb may have chiral centers, e.g. chiral carbon or phosphorus atoms. The compounds of the invention thus include racemic mixtures of all stereoisomers, including enantiomers, diastereomers, and atropisomers. In addition, the compounds of the invention include enriched or resolved optical isomers at any or all asymmetric, chiral atoms. In other words, the chiral centers apparent from the depictions are provided as the chiral isomers or racemic mixtures. Both racemic and diastereomeric mixtures, as well as the individual optical isomers isolated or synthesized, substantially free of their enantiomeric or diastereomeric partners, are all within the scope of the invention. The racemic mixtures are separated into their individual, substantially optically pure isomers through appropriate techniques such as, for example, the separation of diastereomeric salts formed with optically active adjuncts, e.g., acids or bases followed by conversion back to the optically active substances. In most instances, the desired optical isomer is synthesized by means of stereospecific reactions, beginning with the appropriate stereoisomer of the desired starting material.

[0086] Stereochemical definitions and conventions used herein generally follow S. P. Parker, Ed., McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemical Terms (1984) McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York; and Eliel, E. and Wilen, S., Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds (1994) John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York. Many organic compounds exist in optically active forms, i.e., they have the ability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light. In describing an optically active compound, the prefixes D and L or R and S are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s). The prefixes d and 1, D and L, or (+) and (-) are employed to designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with S, (-), or 1 meaning that the compound is levorotatory while a compound prefixed with R, (+), or d is dextrorotatory. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 For a given chemical structure, these stereoisomers are identical except that they are mirror images of one another. A specific stereoisomer may also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture. A 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture or a racemate, which may occur where there has been no stereoselection or stereospecificity in a chemical reaction or process. The terms "racemic mixture" and "racemate" refer to an equimolar mixture of two enantiomeric species, devoid of optical activity.

[0087] The compounds of the invention may also exist as tautomeric isomers in certain cases. Although only one delocalized resonance structure may be depicted, all such forms are contemplated within the scope of the invention. For example, ene-amine tautomers can exist for purine, pyrimidine, imidazole, guanidine, amidine, and tetrazole systems and all their possible tautomeric forms are within the scope of the invention.

[0088] Any formula or structure given herein, including Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, and VIb compounds, is also intended to represent unlabeled forms as well as isotopically labeled forms of the compounds. Isotopically labeled compounds have structures depicted by the formulas given herein except that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having a selected atomic mass or mass number. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the disclosure include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as, but not limited to 2H (deuterium, D), 3H (tritium), nC, 13C, 14C, 15N, 18F, 31P, 32P, 35S, 36C1 and 125I. Various isotopically labeled compounds of the present disclosure, for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3H, 13C and 14C are incorporated. Such isotopically labelled compounds may be useful in metabolic studies, reaction kinetic studies, detection or imaging techniques, such as positron emission tomography (PET) or single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) including drug or substrate tissue distribution assays or in radioactive treatment of patients. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0089] The disclosure also includes compounds of Formula I in which from 1 to x hydrogens attached to a carbon atom is / are replaced by deuterium, in which x is the number of hydrogens in the molecule. Such compounds exhibit increased resistance to metabolism and are thus useful for increasing the half-life of any compound of Formula I when administered to a mammal, particularly a human. See, for example, Foster, “Deuterium Isotope Effects in Studies of Drug Metabolism”, Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 5(12):524-527 (1984). In view of the present disclosure, such compounds are synthesized by means known in the art, for example by employing starting materials in which one or more hydrogens have been replaced by deuterium.

[0090] Deuterium labeled or substituted therapeutic compounds of the disclosure may have improved DMPK (drug metabolism and pharmacokinetics) properties, relating to distribution, metabolism and excretion (ADME). Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life, reduced dosage requirements and / or an improvement in therapeutic index. An 18F labeled compound may be useful for PET or SPECT studies. Isotopically labeled compounds of this disclosure and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the schemes or in the examples and preparations described below by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent. It is understood that deuterium in this context is regarded as a substituent in the compound of Formula I.

[0091] The concentration of such a heavier isotope, specifically deuterium, may be defined by an isotopic enrichment factor. In the compounds of this disclosure any atom not specifically designated as a particular isotope is meant to represent any stable isotope of that atom. Unless otherwise stated, when a position is designated specifically as “H” or “hydrogen”, the position is understood to have hydrogen at its natural abundance isotopic composition. Accordingly, in the 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 compounds of this disclosure any atom specifically designated as a deuterium (D) is meant to represent deuterium.

[0092] Whenever a compound described herein is substituted with more than one of the same designated group, e.g., “R” or “R , then it will be understood that the groups may be the same or different, i.e., each group is independently selected.

[0093] Wavy lines, i~vvvvv’, indicate the site of covalent bond attachments to the adjoining substructures, groups, moieties, or atoms. IV. Pharmaceutical Formulations

[0094] The compounds disclosed herein (e.g. compounds of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, Via and VIb) may be formulated with conventional carriers and excipients. For example, tablets will contain excipients, glidants, fillers, binders and the like. Aqueous formulations are prepared in sterile form, and when intended for delivery by other than oral administration generally will be isotonic. All formulations may optionally contain excipients such as those set forth in the “Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients” (1986). Excipients include ascorbic acid and other antioxidants, chelating agents such as EDTA, carbohydrates such as dextran, hydroxyalkylcellulose, hydroxyalkylmethylcellulose, stearic acid and the like. The pH of the formulations ranges from about 3 to about 11, but is ordinarily about 7 to 10. In some embodiments, the pH of the formulations ranges from about 2 to about 5, but is ordinarily about 3 to 4.

[0095] While it is possible for the compounds of the disclosure (“the active ingredients”) to be administered alone it may be preferable to present them as pharmaceutical formulations. The formulations, both for veterinary and for human use, of the invention comprise at least one active ingredient, as above defined, together with one or more acceptable carriers therefor and optionally other therapeutic ingredients, particularly those additional therapeutic ingredients as 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 discussed herein. The carrier(s) must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and physiologically innocuous to the recipient thereof.

[0096] The formulations include those suitable for the foregoing administration routes. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any appropriate method known in the art of pharmacy. Techniques and formulations generally are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA). Such methods include the step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.

[0097] In some embodiments, the compounds disclosed have pharmacokinetic properties (for e.g. good oral bioavailability) suitable for oral administration of the compounds. In some embodiments, the formulations of the present invention are suitable for oral administration and are presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. The active ingredient may also be administered as a bolus, electuary or paste.

[0098] In some embodiments, the tablet is made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered active ingredient moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The tablets may optionally be 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 coated or scored and optionally are formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therefrom.

[0099] For infections of the eye or other external tissues e.g. mouth and skin, the formulations are applied as a topical ointment or cream containing the active ingredient(s) in an amount of, for example, 0.075 to 20% w / w (including active ingredient(s) in a range between 0.1% and 20% in increments of 0.1% w / w such as 0.6% w / w, 0.7% w / w, etc.), preferably 0.2 to 15% w / w and most preferably 0.5 to 10% w / w. When formulated in an ointment, the active ingredients may be employed with either a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base. Alternatively, the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with an oil-in-water cream base.

[0100] If desired, the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example, at least 30% w / w of a polyhydric alcohol, i.e. an alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane 1,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol (including PEG 400) and mixtures thereof. The topical formulations may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the active ingredient through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethyl sulphoxide and related analogs.

[0101] The oily phase of the emulsions of this invention may be constituted from known ingredients in a known manner. While the phase may comprise merely an emulsifier (otherwise known as an emulgent), it desirably comprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat. Together, the emulsifier(s) with or without stabilize^ s) make up the so-called emulsifying wax, and the wax together with the oil and fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0102] Emulgents and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulation of the invention include Tween® 60, Span® 80, cetostearyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl mono-stearate and sodium lauryl sulfate. Further emulgents and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulation of the invention include Tween® 80.

[0103] The choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties. The cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers. Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters known as Crodamol CAP may be used, the last three being preferred esters. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and / or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils are used.

[0104] Pharmaceutical formulations according to the present invention comprise a compound according to the invention together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients and optionally other therapeutic agents. Pharmaceutical formulations containing the active ingredient may be in any form suitable for the intended method of administration. When used for oral use for example, tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oil suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, syrups or elixirs may be prepared. Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents including sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents, in order to provide a palatable preparation. Tablets containing the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipient which are suitable for manufacture of tablets are acceptable. These excipients may be, for example, inert diluents, 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 such as calcium or sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, such as maize starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, such as starch, gelatin or acacia; and lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. Tablets may be uncoated or may be coated by known techniques including microencapsulation to delay disintegration and adsorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate alone or with a wax may be employed.

[0105] Formulations for oral use may be also presented as hard gelatin capsules where the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.

[0106] Aqueous suspensions of the invention contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. Such excipients include a suspending agent, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcelluose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia, and dispersing or wetting agents such as a naturally-occurring phosphatide (e.g., lecithin), a condensation product of an alkylene oxide with a fatty acid (e.g., polyoxyethylene stearate), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a long chain aliphatic alcohol (e.g., heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and a hexitol anhydride (e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate). The aqueous suspension may also contain one or more preservatives such as ethyl or n-propyl p-hydroxy-benzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose or saccharin. Further non-limiting examples of suspending agents include Cyclodextrin. In some embodiments, the suspending agent is Sulfobutyl ether beta-cyclodextrin (SEB-beta-CD), for example Captisol®. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0107] Oil suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, such as arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. The oral suspensions may contain a thickening agent, such as beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents, such as those set forth above, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an antioxidant such as ascorbic acid.

[0108] Dispersible powders and granules of the invention suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, a suspending agent, and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those disclosed above. Additional excipients, for example sweetening, flavoring and coloring agents, may also be present.

[0109] The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the form of oil-in-water emulsions. The oily phase may be a vegetable oil, such as olive oil or arachis oil, a mineral oil, such as liquid paraffin, or a mixture of these. Suitable emulsifying agents include naturally-occurring gums, such as gum acacia and gum tragacanth, naturally-occurring phosphatides, such as soybean lecithin, esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, such as sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of these partial esters with ethylene oxide, such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The emulsion may also contain sweetening and flavoring agents. Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, such as glycerol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative, a flavoring or a coloring agent.

[0110] The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation, such as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above. The sterile injectable 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, such as a solution in 1,3-butane-diol or prepared as a lyophilized powder. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile fixed oils may conventionally be employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid may likewise be used in the preparation of injectables. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution isotonic sodium chloride solution, and hypertonic sodium chloride solution.

[0111] The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier material to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. For example, a time-release formulation intended for oral administration to humans may contain approximately 1 to 1000 mg of active material compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material which may vary from about 5 to about 95% of the total compositions (weight weight). The pharmaceutical composition can be prepared to provide easily measurable amounts for administration. For example, an aqueous solution intended for intravenous infusion may contain from about 3 to 500 pg of the active ingredient per milliliter of solution in order that infusion of a suitable volume at a rate of about 30 mL / hr can occur.

[0112] Formulations suitable for topical administration to the eye also include eye drops wherein the active ingredient is dissolved or suspended in a suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the active ingredient. The active ingredient is preferably present in such formulations in a concentration of 0.5 to 20%, advantageously 0.5 to 10%, and particularly about 1.5% w / w. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0113] Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert basis such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier.

[0114] Formulations for rectal administration may be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising for example cocoa butter or a salicylate.

[0115] In some embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein are administered by inhalation. In some embodiments, formulations suitable for intrapulmonary or nasal administration have a particle size for example in the range of 0.1 to 500 microns, such as 0.5, 1, 30, 35 etc., which is administered by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage or by inhalation through the mouth so as to reach the alveolar sacs. Suitable formulations include aqueous or oily solutions of the active ingredient. Formulations suitable for aerosol or dry powder administration may be prepared according to conventional methods and may be delivered with other therapeutic agents. In some embodiments, the compounds used herein are formulated and dosed as dry powder. In some embodiments, the compounds used herein are formulated and dosed as a nebulized formulation. In some embodiments, the compounds used herein are formulated for delivery by a face mask. In some embodiments, the compounds used herein are formulated for delivery by a face tent.

[0116] Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the active ingredient such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.

[0117] Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents.

[0118] The formulations are presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injection, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions are prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described. Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing a daily dose or unit daily sub-dose, as herein above recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient.

[0119] It should be understood that in addition to the ingredients particularly mentioned above the formulations of this invention may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulation in question, for example those suitable for oral administration may include flavoring agents.

[0120] The invention further provides veterinary compositions comprising at least one active ingredient as above defined together with a veterinary carrier therefor.

[0121] Veterinary carriers are materials useful for the purpose of administering the composition and may be solid, liquid or gaseous materials which are otherwise inert or acceptable in the veterinary art and are compatible with the active ingredient. These veterinary compositions may be administered orally, parenterally or by any other desired route.

[0122] Compounds of the invention are used to provide controlled release pharmaceutical formulations containing as active ingredient one or more compounds of the invention (“controlled release formulations”) in which the release of the active ingredient are controlled and regulated to allow less frequency dosing or to improve the pharmacokinetic or toxicity profile of a given active ingredient. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 V. Kits

[0123] Also provided herein are kits that includes a compound disclosed herein (e.g. compounds of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Va, Vb, VI, Via, or VIb), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or tautomer thereof. In some embodiments the kits described herein may comprise a label and / or instructions for use of the compound in the treatment of a disease or condition in a subject (e.g., human) in need thereof. In some embodiments, the disease or condition is viral infection.

[0124] In some embodiments, the kit may also comprise one or more additional therapeutic agents and / or instructions for use of additional therapeutic agents in combination with the compound of Formula I in the treatment of the disease or condition in a subject (e.g., human) in need thereof.

[0125] In some embodiments, the kits provided herein comprises individual dose units of a compound as described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, tautomer, polymorph, pseudopolymorph, amorphous form, hydrate or solvate thereof. Examples of individual dosage units may include pills, tablets, capsules, prefilled syringes or syringe cartridges, IV bags, inhalers, nebulizers etc., each comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound in question, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, tautomer, polymorph, pseudopolymorph, amorphous form, hydrate or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the kit may contain a single dosage unit and in others multiple dosage units are present, such as the number of dosage units required for a specified regimen or period.

[0126] Also provided are articles of manufacture that include a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers or tautomer thereof; and a container. In some embodiments, the container of the article of manufacture is a vial, jar, 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 ampoule, preloaded syringe, blister package, tin, can, bottle, box, an intravenous bag, an inhaler, or a nebulizer. VI. Administration

[0127] One or more compounds of the invention are administered by any route appropriate to the condition to be treated. Suitable routes include oral, rectal, inhalation, pulmonary, topical (including buccal and sublingual), vaginal and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intradermal, intrathecal and epidural), and the like. In some embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein are administered by inhalation or intravenously. It will be appreciated that the preferred route may vary with for example the condition of the recipient.

[0128] In the methods of the present invention for the treatment of a viral infection, the compounds of the present invention can be administered at any time to a human who may come into contact with the virus or is already suffering from the viral infection. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present invention can be administered prophylactically to humans coming into contact with humans suffering from the viral infection or at risk of coming into contact with humans suffering from the viral infection, e.g. healthcare providers. In some embodiments, administration of the compounds of the present invention can be to humans testing positive for the viral infection but not yet showing symptoms of the viral infection. In some embodiments, administration of the compounds of the present invention can be to humans upon commencement of symptoms of the viral infection.

[0129] In some embodiments, the methods disclosed herein comprise event driven administration of the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to the subject. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0130] As used herein, the terms “event driven” or “event driven administration” refer to administration of the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (1) prior to an event (e.g., 2 hours, 1 day, 2 days, 5 day, or 7 or more days prior to the event) that would expose the individual to the virus (or that would otherwise increase the individual’s risk of acquiring the viral infection); and / or (2) during an event (or more than one recurring event) that would expose the individual to the virus (or that would otherwise increase the individual’s risk of acquiring the viral infection); and / or (3) after an event (or after the final event in a series of recurring events) that would expose the individual to the virus (or that would otherwise increase the individual’s risk of acquiring the viral infection). In some embodiments, the event driven administration is performed pre-exposure of the subject to the virus. In some embodiments, the event driven administration is performed post-exposure of the subject to the virus. In some embodiments, the event driven administration is performed pre-exposure of the subject to the virus and post-exposure of the subject to the virus.

[0131] In certain embodiments, the methods disclosed herein involve administration prior to and / or after an event that would expose the individual to the virus or that would otherwise increase the individual’s risk of acquiring the viral infection, e.g., as pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP) and / or as post-exposure prophylaxis (PEP). In some embodiments, the methods disclosed herein comprise pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP). In some embodiments, methods disclosed herein comprise post-exposure prophylaxis (PEP).

[0132] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is administered before exposure of the subject to the virus.

[0133] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is administered before and after exposure of the subject to the virus.

[0134] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is administered after exposure of the subject to the virus. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0135] An example of event driven dosing regimen includes administration of the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, within 24 to 2 hours prior to the virus, followed by administration of the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, every 24 hours during the period of exposure, followed by a further administration of the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, after the last exposure, and one last administration of the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, 24 hours later.

[0136] A further example of an event driven dosing regimen includes administration of the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, within 24 hours before the viral exposure, then daily administration during the period of exposure, followed by a last administration approximately 24 hours later after the last exposure (which may be an increased dose, such as a double dose).

[0137] Effective dose of active ingredient depends at least on the nature of the condition being treated, toxicity, whether the compound is being used prophylactically or against an active viral infection, the method of delivery, and the pharmaceutical formulation, and will be determined by the clinician using conventional dose escalation studies. It can be expected to be from about 0.0001 to about 100 mg / kg body weight per day; typically, from about 0.01 to about 10 mg / kg body weight per day; more typically, from about .01 to about 5 mg / kg body weight per day; most typically, from about .05 to about 0.5 mg / kg body weight per day. For example, the daily candidate dose for an adult human of approximately 70 kg body weight will range from 1 mg to 1000 mg, preferably between 5 mg and 500 mg, and may take the form of single or multiple doses.

[0138] Any suitable period of time for administration of the compounds of the present invention is contemplated. For example, administration can be for from 1 day to 100 days, including 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, or 90 days. The administration can also be 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 for from 1 week to 15 weeks, including 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, or 14 weeks. Longer periods of administration are also contemplated.

[0139] In some embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein are administered once daily. In some embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein are administered once every alternate day. In some embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein are administered once a week. In some embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein are administered twice a week.

[0140] In some embodiments, one or more compounds disclosed herein are administered once daily. The once daily dose may be administered for as long as required, for example for up to 5 days, up to 7 days, up to 10 days, up to 15 days, up to 20 days, up to 25 days, up to a month or longer. In some embodiments, the once daily dose is administered for up to 20 days, up to 15 days, up to 14 days, up to 13 days, up to 12 days, up to 10 days, up to 8 days, up to 6 days, up to 4 days, up to 3 days, up to 2 days or for one day.

[0141] In some embodiments, the one or more compounds disclosed herein are dosed once daily, for about 6 to 12 days, for example for about 8-10 days. In some embodiments, the one or more compounds are administered once daily for about 9 days. In some embodiments, the one or more compounds are administered once daily for about 10 days. In some embodiments about 50150 mg of one or more compounds disclosed herein is administered once daily for about 5 to 12 days, for e.g. for about 10 days. In some embodiments about 100 mg of one or more compounds disclosed herein is administered once daily for about 5 to 12 days, for e.g. for about 10 days. VII. Methods of Use

[0142] The present disclosure also provides a method of treating or preventing a viral infection in a subject (e.g. human) in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject a compound described herein. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0143] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method of treating a viral infection in a subject (e.g. human) in need thereof, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a compound described herein.

[0144] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides for methods of treating or preventing a viral infection in a subject (e.g. human) in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject a compound disclosed herein and at least one additional active therapeutic or prophylactic agent.

[0145] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides for methods of treating a viral infection in a subject (e.g. human) in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject a compound disclosed herein, and at least one additional active therapeutic agent.

[0146] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides for methods of inhibiting a viral polymerase in a cell, the methods comprising contacting the cell infected a virus with a compound disclosed herein, whereby the viral polymerase is inhibited.

[0147] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides for methods of inhibiting a viral polymerase in a cell, the methods comprising contacting the cell infected a virus with a compound disclosed herein, and at least one additional active therapeutic agent, whereby the viral polymerase is inhibited.

[0148] Also provided here are the uses of the compounds disclosed herein for use in treating or preventing a viral infection in a subject in need thereof. For example, provided herein are uses of the compounds disclosed herein for use in treating a viral infection in a subject in need thereof.

[0149] In some embodiments, the viral infection is a paramyxoviridae virus infection. As such, in some embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods for treating a paramyxoviridae infection in a subject (e.g. a human) in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject a compound disclosed herein. Paramyxoviridae viruses include, but are not limited to 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Nipah virus, Hendra virus, measles, mumps, and parainfluenza virus. In some embodiments, the Paramyxoviridae virus is a Sosuga virus.

[0150] In some embodiments, the viral infection is a pneumoviridae virus infection. As such, in some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method of treating a pneumoviridae virus infection in a human in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the human a compound provided herein. Pneumoviridae viruses include, but are not limited to, respiratory snycytial virus and human metapneumovirus. In some embodiments, the pneumoviridae virus infection is a respiratory syncytial virus infection. In some embodiments, the pneumoviridae virus infection is human metapneumovirus infection.

[0151] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a compound disclosed herein, for use in the treatment of a pneumoviridae virus infection in a human in need thereof. In some embodiments, the pneumoviridae virus infection is a respiratory syncytial virus infection. In some embodiments, the pneumoviridae virus infection is human metapneumovirus infection.

[0152] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods for treating a RSV infection in a human in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the human a compound provided herein. In some embodiments, the human is suffering from a chronic respiratory syncytial viral infection. In some embodiments, the human is acutely infected with RSV.

[0153] In some embodiments, a method of inhibiting RSV replication is provided, wherein the method comprises administering to a human in need thereof, a compound disclosed herein, wherein the administration is by inhalation.

[0154] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method for reducing the viral load associated with RSV infection, wherein the method comprises administering to a human infected with RSV a compound disclosed herein. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0155] In some embodiments, the viral infection is a picornaviridae virus infection. As such, in some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method of treating a picornaviridae virus infection in a human in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the human a compound of the present disclosure. Picornaviridae viruses are enteroviruses causing a heterogeneous group of infections including herpangina, aseptic meningitis, a common-cold-like syndrome (human rhinovirus infection), a non-paralytic poliomyelitis-like syndrome, epidemic pleurodynia (an acute, febrile, infectious disease generally occurring in epidemics), hand-footmouth syndrome, pediatric and adult pancreatitis and serious myocarditis. In some embodiments, the Picornaviridae virus infection is human rhinovirus infection. In some embodiments, the Picornaviridae virus infection is enterovirus infection. In some embodiments, the Picornaviridae virus infection is selected from the group consisting of Coxsackie A virus infection, Coxsackie A virus infection, enterovirus D68 infection, enterovirus B69 infection, enterovirus D70 infection, enterovirus A71 infection, and poliovirus infection.

[0156] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a compound, for use in the treatment of a picornaviridae virus infection in a human in need thereof. In some embodiments, the picornaviridae virus infection is human rhinovirus infection.

[0157] In some embodiments, the viral infection is a flaviviridae virus infection. As such, in some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method of treating a flaviviridae virus infection in a human in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the human a compound described herein. Representative flaviviridae viruses include, but are not limited to, dengue, Yellow fever, West Nile, Zika, Japanese encephalitis virus, and Hepatitis C (HCV). In some embodiments, the flaviviridae virus infection is a dengue virus infection. In some embodiments, the flaviviridae virus infection is a yellow fever virus infection. In some embodiments, the flaviviridae virus infection is a West Nile virus infection. In some embodiments, the flaviviridae virus infection is a zika virus infection. In some embodiments, 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 the flaviviridae virus infection is a Japanese ensephalitis virus infection. In some embodiments, the flaviviridae virus infection is a hepatitis C virus infection.

[0158] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides use of a compound disclosed herein for treatment of a flaviviridae virus infection in a human in need thereof. In some embodiments, the flaviviridae virus infection is a dengue virus infection. In some embodiments, the flaviviridae virus infection is a yellow fever virus infection. In some embodiments, the flaviviridae virus infection is a West Nile virus infection. In some embodiments, the flaviviridae virus infection is a zika virus infection. In some embodiments, the flaviviridae virus infection is a hepatitis C virus infection.

[0159] In some embodiments, the viral infection is a filoviridae virus infection. As such, in some embodiments, provided herein is a method of treating a filoviridae virus infection in a human in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the human a compound disclosed herein. Representative filoviridae viruses include, but are not limited to, ebola (variants Zaire, Bundibugio, Sudan, Tai forest, or Reston) and marburg. In some embodiments, the filoviridae virus infection is an ebola virus infection. In some embodiments, the filoviridae virus infection is a marburg virus infection.

[0160] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a compound for use in the treatment of a filoviridae virus infection in a human in need thereof. In some embodiments, the filoviridae virus infection is an ebola virus infection. In some embodiments, the filoviridae virus infection is a marburg virus infection.

[0161] In some embodiments, the viral infection is a coronavirus infection. As such, in some embodiments, provided herein is a method of treating a coronavirus infection in a human in need thereof, wherein the method comprises administering to the human a compound provided herein. In some embodiments, the coronavirus infection is a Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS) infection, Middle Eastern Respiratory Syndrome (MERS) infection, SARS-CoV-2 72 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 infection, other human coronavirus (229E, NL63, OC43, HKU1, or WIV1) infections, zoonotic coronavirus (PEDV or HKU CoV isolates such as HKU3, HKU5, or HKU9) infections. In some embodiments, the viral infection is a Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS) infection. In some embodiments, the viral infection is a Middle Eastern Respiratory Syndrome (MERS) infection. In some embodiments, the viral infection is SARS-CoV-2 infection. In some embodiments, the viral infection is a zoonotic coronavirus infection, In some embodiments, the viral infection is caused by a virus having at least 70% sequence homology to a viral polymerase selected from the group consisting of SARS CoV polymerase, MERS CoV polymerase and SARS-CoV-2. In some embodiments, the viral infection is caused by a virus having at least 80% sequence homology to a viral polymerase selected from the group consisting of SARS CoV polymerase, MERS CoV polymerase and SARS-CoV-2. In some embodiments, the viral infection is caused by a virus having at least 90% sequence homology to a viral polymerase selected from the group consisting of SARS CoV polymerase, MERS CoV polymerase and SARS-CoV-2. In some embodiments, the viral infection is caused by a virus having at least 95 % sequence homology to a viral polymerase selected from the group consisting of SARS CoV polymerase, MERS CoV polymerase and SARS-CoV-2.

[0162] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a compound for use in the treatment of a coronavirus virus infection in a human in need thereof. In some embodiments, the coronavirus infection is a Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS) infection, Middle Eastern Respiratory Syndrome (MERS) infection, SARS-CoV-2 infection, other human coronavirus (229E, NL63, OC43, HKU1, or WIV1) infections, zoonotic coronavirus (PEDV or HKU CoV isolates such as HKU3, HKU5, or HKU9) infections. In some embodiments, the viral infection is a Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS) infection. In some embodiments, the viral infection is a Middle Eastern Respiratory Syndrome (MERS) infection. In some embodiments, the viral infection is SARS-CoV-2 infection (COVID 19). 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0163] In some embodiments, the viral infection is an arenaviridae virus infection. As such, in some embodiments, the disclosure provides a method of treating an arenaviridae virus infection in a human in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the human a compound disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the arenaviridae virus infection is a Lassa infection or a Junin infection.

[0164] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a compound for use in the treatment of a arenaviridae virus infection in a human in need thereof. In some embodiments, the arenaviridae virus infection is a Lassa infection or a Junin infection.

[0165] In some embodiments, the viral infection is an orthomyxovirus infection, for example, an influenza virus infection. In some embodiments, the viral infection is an influenza virus A, influenza virus B, or influenza virus C infection.

[0166] In some embodiments, the viral infection is a nairovirus infection. As such, in some embodiments, the disclosure provides a method of treating a nairovirus infection in a human in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the human a compound disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the nairovirus infection is a Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever virus infection. In some embodiments, the nairovirus infection is a Hazara virus infection.

[0167] As described more fully herein, the compounds described herein can be administered with one or more additional therapeutic agent(s) to an individual (e.g. a human) infected with a viral infection. The additional therapeutic agent(s) can be administered to the infected individual at the same time as the compound of the present disclosure or before or after administration of the compound of the present disclosure. VIII. Combination Therapy

[0168] The compounds described herein can also be used in combination with one or more additional therapeutic or prophylactic agents. As such, also provided herein are methods for 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 treatment of viral infections in a subject in need thereof, wherein the methods comprise administering to the subject a compound disclosed herein and a therapeutically effective amount of one or more additional therapeutic or prophylactic agents. In some embodiments, the methods comprise administering to the subject a compound disclosed herein and a therapeutically effective amount of one or more additional therapeutic agents.

[0169] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an antiviral agent. Any suitable antiviral agent can be used in the methods described herein. In some embodiments, the antiviral agent is selected from the group consisting of 5-substituted 2’-deoxyuridine analogues, nucleoside analogues, pyrophosphate analogues, nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors, nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors, protease inhibitors, integrase inhibitors, entry inhibitors, acyclic guanosine analogues, acyclic nucleoside phosphonate analogues, HCV NS5A / NS5B inhibitors, influenza virus inhibitors, interferons, immunostimulators, oligonucleotides, antimitotic inhibitors, and combinations thereof.

[0170] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a 5-substituted 2’-deoxyuridine analogue. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of idoxuridine, trifluridine, brivudine [BVDU], and combinations thereof.

[0171] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a nucleoside analogue. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of vidarabine, entecavir (ETV), telbivudine, lamivudine, adefovir dipivoxil, tenofovir disoproxil fumarate (TDF) and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is favipiravir, ribavirin, galidesivir, P-D-N4-hydroxy cytidine or a combination thereof.

[0172] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a pyrophosphate analogue. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is foscarnet or phosphonoacetic acid. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is foscarnet. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0173] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor. In some embodiments, the antiviral agent is zidovudine, didanosine, zalcitabine, stavudine, lamivudine, abacavir, emtricitabine, and combinations thereof.

[0174] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor. In some embodiments, the antiviral agent is selected from the group consisting of nevirapine, delavirdine, efavirenz, etravirine, rilpivirine, and combinations thereof.

[0175] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a protease inhibitor. In some embodiments, the protease inhibitor is a HIV protease inhibitor. For example, in some embodiments, the antiviral agent is selected from the group consisting of saquinavir, ritonavir, indinavir, nelfinavir, amprenavir, lopinavir, atazanavir, fosamprenavir, darunavir, tipranavir, cobicistat, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the antiviral agent is selected from the group consisting of saquinavir, ritonavir, indinavir, nelfinavir, amprenavir, lopinavir, atazanavir, fosamprenavir, darunavir, tipranavir, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the protease inhibitor is a HCVNS3 / 4A protease inhibitor. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of voxilaprevir, asunaprevir, boceprevir, paritaprevir, simeprevir, telaprevir, vaniprevir, grazoprevir, ribavirin, danoprevir, faldaprevir, vedroprevir, sovaprevir, deldeprevir, narlaprevir and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of voxilaprevir, asunaprevir, boceprevir, paritaprevir, simeprevir, telaprevir, vaniprevir, grazoprevir, and combinations thereof.

[0176] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an integrase inhibitor. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of raltegravir, dolutegravir, elvitegravir, abacavir, lamivudine, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of bictegravir, raltegravir, dolutegravir, cabotegravir, elvitegravir, and combinations 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of bictegravir, dolutegravir, and cabotegravir, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is bictegravir.

[0177] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an entry inhibitor. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of docosanol, enfuvirtide, maraviroc, ibalizumab, fostemsavir, leronlimab, ibalizumab, fostemsavir, leronlimab, palivizumab, respiratory syncytial virus immune globulin, intravenous [RSV-IGIV], varicella-zoster immunoglobulin [VariZIG], varicella-zoster immune globulin [VZIG]), and combinations thereof.

[0178] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an acyclic guanosine analogue. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of acyclovir, ganciclovir, valacyclovir (also known as valaciclovir), valganciclovir, penciclovir, famciclovir, and combinations thereof.

[0179] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an acyclic nucleoside phosphonate analogues. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from a group consisting of cidofovir, adefovir, adefovir dipivoxil, tenofovir, TDF, emtricitabine, efavirenz, rilpivirine, elvitegravir, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of cidofovir, adefovir, adefovir dipivoxil, tenofovir, TDF, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of cidofovir, adefovir dipivoxil, TDF, and combinations thereof.

[0180] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a HCVNS5A / NS5B inhibitor. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is aNS3 / 4A protease inhibitor. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is aNS5A protein inhibitor. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is aNS5B polymerase inhibitor of the 77 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 nucleoside / nucleotide type. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is aNS5B polymerase inhibitor of the nonnucleoside type. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of daclatasvir, ledipasvir, velpatasvir, ombitasvir, elbasvir, sofosbuvir, dasabuvir, ribavirin, asunaprevir, simeprevir, paritaprevir, ritonavir, elbasvir, grazoprevir, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of daclatasvir, ledipasvir, velpatasvir, ombitasvir, elbasvir, sofosbuvir, dasabuvir, and combinations thereof.

[0181] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an influenza virus inhibitor. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agents is a matrix 2 inhibitor. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of amantadine, rimantadine, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a neuraminidase inhibitor. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of zanamivir, oseltamivir, peramivir, laninamivir octanoate, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a polymerase inhibitor. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of ribavirin, favipiravir, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of amantadine, rimantadine, arbidol (umifenovir), baloxavir marboxil, oseltamivir, peramivir, ingavirin, laninamivir octanoate, zanamivir, favipiravir, ribavirin, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of amantadine, rimantadine, zanamivir, oseltamivir, peramivir, laninamivir octanoate, ribavirin, favipiravir, and combinations thereof.

[0182] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an interferon. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of interferon alfacon 1, interferon alfa lb, interferon alfa 2a, interferon alfa 2b, pegylated interferon alfacon 1, 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 pegylated interferon alfa lb, pegylated interferon alfa 2a (PegIFNa-2a), and PegIFNa-2b. e embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of interferon alfacon 1, interferon alfa lb, interferon alfa 2a, interferon alfa 2b, pegylated interferon alfa 2a (PegIFNa-2a), and PegIFNa-2b. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of interferon alfacon 1, pegylated interferon alfa 2a (PegIFNa-2a), PegIFNa-2b, and ribavirin. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is pegylated interferon alfa-2a, pegylated interferon alfa-2b, or a combination thereof.

[0183] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an immunostimulatory agent. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an oligonucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an antimitotic inhibitor. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of fomivirsen, podofilox, imiquimod, sinecatechins, and combinations thereof.

[0184] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of besifovir, nitazoxanide, REGN2222, doravirine, sofosbuvir, velpatasvir, daclatasvir, asunaprevir, beclabuvir, FV100, and letermovir, and combinations thereof.

[0185] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an agent for treatment of RSV. For example, in some embodiments, the antiviral agent is ribavirin, ALS-8112 or presatovir. For example, in some embodiments, the antiviral agent is ALS-8112 or presatovir.

[0186] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an agent for treatment of picornavirus. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of hydantoin, guanidine hydrochloride, L-buthionine sulfoximine, Py-11, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a picornavirus polymerase inhibitor. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is rupintrivir. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0187] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an agent for treatment of malaria. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is chloroquine.

[0188] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of hydroxychloroquine, chloroquine, artemether, lumefantrine, atovaquone, proguanil, tafenoquine, pyronaridine, artesunate, artenimol, piperaquine, artesunate, amodiaquine, pyronaridine, artesunate, halofantrine, quinine sulfate, mefloquine, solithromycin, pyrimethamine, MMV-390048, ferroquine, artefenomel mesylate, ganaplacide, DSM-265, cipargamin, artemisone, and combinations thereof.

[0189] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an agent for treatment of coronavirus. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from a group consisting of IFX-1, FM-201, CYNK-001, DPP4-Fc, ranpimase, nafamostat, LB-2, AM-1, anti-viroporins, and combinations thereof.

[0190] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an agent for treatment of ebola virus. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of ribavirin, palivizumab, motavizumab, RSV-IGIV (RespiGam®), MEDI-557, A-60444, MDT-637, BMS-433771, amiodarone, dronedarone, verapamil, Ebola Convalescent Plasma (ECP), TKM-100201, BCX4430 ((2S,3S,4R,5R)-2-(4-amino-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-5-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidine-3,4-diol), favipiravir (also known as T-705 or Avigan),T-705 monophosphate, T-705 diphosphate, T-705 triphosphate, FGI-106 (1-N,7-N-bis[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3,9-dimethylquinolino[8,7-h]quinolone-l,7-diamine), JK-05, TKM-Ebola, ZMapp, rNAPc2, VRC-EBOADC076-00-VP, OS-2966, MVA-BN filo, brincidofovir, Vaxart adenovirus vector 5-based ebola vaccine, Ad26-ZEBOV, FiloVax vaccine, GOVX-E301, GOVX-E302, ebolavirus entry inhibitors (NPC1 inhibitors), rVSV-EBOV, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is ZMapp, mABl 14, REGEN-EB3, and combinations thereof. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0191] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an agent for treatment of HCV. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a HCV polymerase inhibitor. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of sofosbuvir, GS-6620, PSI-938 , ribavirin, tegobuvir, radalbuvir, MK-0608, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a HCV protease inhibitor. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of such as GS-9256, vedroprevir, voxilaprevir, and combinations thereof.

[0192] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is aNS5A inhibitor. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of ledipasvir, velpatasvir, and combinations thereof.

[0193] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an anti HBV agent. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is tenofovir disoproxil fumarate and emtricitabine, or a combination thereof. Examples of additional anti HBV agents include but are not limited to alpha-hydroxytropolones, amdoxovir, antroquinonol, beta-hydroxycytosine nucleosides,, ARB-199, CCC-0975, ccc-R08, elvucitabine, ezetimibe, cyclosporin A, gentiopicrin (gentiopicroside), HH-003, hepalatide, JNJ-56136379, nitazoxanide, birinapant, NJK14047, NOV-205 (molixan, BAM-205), oligotide, mivotilate, feron, GST-HG-131, levamisole, Ka Shu Ning, alloferon, WS-007, Y-101 (Ti Fen Tai), rSIFN-co, PEG-IIFNm, KW-3, BP-Inter-014, oleanolic acid, HepB-nRNA, cTP-5 (rTP-5), HSK-II-2, HEISCO-106-1, HEISCO-106, Hepbarna, IBPB-006IA, Hepuyinfen, DasKloster 0014-01, ISA-204, Jiangantai (Ganxikang), MIV-210, OB-AI-004, PF-06, picroside, DasKloster-0039, hepulantai, IMB-2613, TCM-800B, reduced glutathione, RO-6864018, RG-7834, QL-007sofosbuvir, ledipasvir, UB-551, and ZH-2N, and the compounds disclosed in US20150210682, (Roche), US 2016 / 0122344 (Roche), WO2015173164 , WO2016023877, US2015252057A (Roche), WO16128335A1 (Roche), WO16120186A1 (Roche), US2016237090A (Roche), WO16107833A1 (Roche), 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 WO16107832A1 (Roche), US2016176899A (Roche), WO16102438A1 (Roche), WO16012470A1 (Roche), US2016220586A (Roche), and US2015031687A (Roche). In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a HBV polymerase inhibitor. Examples of HBV DNA polymerase inhibitors include, but are not limited to, adefovir (HEPSERA®), emtricitabine (EMTRIVA®), tenofovir disoproxil fumarate (VIREAD®), tenofovir alafenamide, tenofovir, tenofovir disoproxil, tenofovir alafenamide fumarate, tenofovir alafenamide hemifumarate, tenofovir dipivoxil, tenofovir dipivoxil fumarate, tenofovir octadecyl oxy ethyl ester, CMX-157, tenofovir exalidex, besifovir, entecavir (BARACLUDE®), entecavir maleate, telbivudine (TYZEKA®), filocilovir, pradefovir, clevudine, ribavirin, lamivudine (EPIVIR-HBV®), phosphazide, famciclovir, fusolin, metacavir, SNC-019754, FMCA, AGX-1009, AR-11-04-26, HIP-1302, tenofovir disoproxil aspartate, tenofovir disoproxil orotate, and HS-10234. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a HBV capsid inhibitor.

[0194] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an agent for treatment of HIV. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of HIV protease inhibitors, HIV integrase inhibitors, entry inhibitors, HIV nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors, HIV nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors, acyclic nucleoside phosphonate analogues, and combinations thereof.

[0195] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of HIV protease inhibitors, HIV non-nucleoside or non-nucleotide inhibitors of reverse transcriptase, HIV nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of reverse transcriptase, HIV integrase inhibitors, HIV non-catalytic site (or allosteric) integrase inhibitors, HIV entry inhibitors, HIV maturation inhibitors, immunomodulators, immunotherapeutic agents, antibodydrug conjugates, gene modifiers, gene editors (such as CRISPR / Cas9, zinc finger nucleases, homing nucleases, synthetic nucleases, TALENs), and cell therapies (such as chimeric antigen receptor T-cell, CAR-T, and engineered T cell receptors, TCR-T, autologous T cell therapies). 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0196] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of combination drugs for HIV, other drugs for treating HIV, HIV protease inhibitors, HIV reverse transcriptase inhibitors, HIV integrase inhibitors, HIV non-catalytic site (or allosteric) integrase inhibitors, HIV entry (fusion) inhibitors, HIV maturation inhibitors, latency reversing agents, capsid inhibitors, immune-based therapies, PI3K inhibitors, HIV antibodies, and bispecific antibodies, and “antibody-like” therapeutic proteins, and combinations thereof.

[0197] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a HIV combination drug. Examples of the HIV combination drugs include, but are not limited to ATRIPLA® (efavirenz, tenofovir disoproxil fumarate, and emtricitabine); BIKTARVY® (bictegravir, emtricitabine, and tenofovir alafenamide); COMPLERA® (EVIPLERA®; rilpivirine, tenofovir disoproxil fumarate, and emtricitabine); STRIBILD® (elvitegravir, cobicistat, tenofovir disoproxil fumarate, and emtricitabine); TRUVADA® (tenofovir disoproxil fumarate and emtricitabine; TDF+FTC); DESCOVY® (tenofovir alafenamide and emtricitabine); ODEFSEY® (tenofovir alafenamide, emtricitabine, and rilpivirine); GENVOYA® (tenofovir alafenamide, emtricitabine, cobicistat, and elvitegravir); SYMTUZA® (darunavir, tenofovir alafenamide hemifumarate, emtricitabine, and cobicistat); SYMFI™ (efavirenz, lamivudine, and tenofovir disoproxil fumarate); CIMDU™ (lamivudine and tenofovir disoproxil fumarate); tenofovir and lamivudine; tenofovir alafenamide and emtricitabine; tenofovir alafenamide hemifumarate and emtricitabine; tenofovir alafenamide hemifumarate, emtricitabine, and rilpivirine; tenofovir alafenamide hemifumarate, emtricitabine, cobicistat, and elvitegravir; COMBIVIR® (zidovudine and lamivudine; AZT+3TC); EPZICOM® (LIVEXA®; abacavir sulfate and lamivudine; ABC+3TC); KALETRA® (ALUVIA®; lopinavir and ritonavir); TRIUMEQ® (dolutegravir, abacavir, and lamivudine); 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 TRIZIVIR® (abacavir sulfate, zidovudine, and lamivudine; ABC+AZT+3TC); atazanavir and cobicistat; atazanavir sulfate and cobicistat; atazanavir sulfate and ritonavir; darunavir and cobicistat; dolutegravir and rilpivirine; dolutegravir and rilpivirine hydrochloride; dolutegravir, abacavir sulfate, and lamivudine; lamivudine, nevirapine, and zidovudine; raltegravir and lamivudine; doravirine, lamivudine, and tenofovir disoproxil fumarate; doravirine, lamivudine, and tenofovir disoproxil; dapivirine + levonorgestrel, dolutegravir + lamivudine, dolutegravir + emtricitabine + tenofovir alafenamide, elsulfavirine + emtricitabine + tenofovir disoproxil, lamivudine + abacavir + zidovudine, lamivudine + abacavir, lamivudine + tenofovir disoproxil fumarate, lamivudine + zidovudine + nevirapine, lopinavir + ritonavir, lopinavir + ritonavir + abacavir + lamivudine, lopinavir + ritonavir + zidovudine + lamivudine, tenofovir + lamivudine, and tenofovir disoproxil fumarate + emtricitabine + rilpivirine hydrochloride, lopinavir , ritonavir, zidovudine and lamivudine.

[0198] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a HIV protease inhibitor. For example, in some embodiments the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of saquinavir, ritonavir, indinavir, nelfinavir, amprenavir, lopinavir, atazanavir, fosamprenavir, darunavir, tipranavir, cobicistat, ASC-09, AEBL-2, MK-8718, GS-9500, GS-1156 ,and combinations thereof. For example, in some embodiments the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of saquinavir, ritonavir, indinavir, nelfinavir, amprenavir, lopinavir, atazanavir, fosamprenavir, darunavir, tipranavir, cobicistat. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of amprenavir, atazanavir, brecanavir, darunavir, fosamprenavir, fosamprenavir calcium, indinavir, indinavir sulfate, lopinavir, nelfinavir, nelfinavir mesylate, ritonavir, saquinavir, saquinavir mesylate, tipranavir, DG-17, TMB-657 (PPL-100), T-169, BL-008, MK-8122, TMB-607, TMC-310911, and combinations thereof. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0199] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a HIV integrase inhibitor. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of raltegravir, elvitegravir, dolutegravir, abacavir, lamivudine, bictegravir and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is bictegravir. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from a group consisting of bictegravir, elvitegravir, curcumin, derivatives of curcumin, chicoric acid, derivatives of chicoric acid, 3,5-dicaffeoylquinic acid, derivatives of 3,5-dicaffeoylquinic acid, aurintricarboxylic acid, derivatives of aurintricarboxylic acid, caffeic acid phenethyl ester, derivatives of caffeic acid phenethyl ester, tyrphostin, derivatives of tyrphostin, quercetin, derivatives of quercetin, raltegravir, dolutegravir, JTK-351, bictegravir, AVX-15567, BMS-986197, cabotegravir (long-acting injectable), diketo quinolin-4-1 derivatives, integrase-LEDGF inhibitor, ledgins, M-522, M-532, NSC-310217, NSC-371056, NSC-48240, NSC-642710, NSC-699171, NSC-699172, NSC-699173, NSC-699174, stilbenedisulfonic acid, T-169, VM-3500, cabotegravir, and combinations thereof.

[0200] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a HIV entry inhibitor. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of enfuvirtide, maraviroc, and combinations thereof. Further examples of HIV entry inhibitors include, but are not limited to, cenicriviroc, CCR5 inhibitors, gp41 inhibitors, CD4 attachment inhibitors, DS-003 (BMS-599793), gpl20 inhibitors, and CXCR4 inhibitors. Examples of CCR5 inhibitors include aplaviroc, vicriviroc, maraviroc, cenicriviroc, leronlimab (PRO-140), adaptavir (RAP-101), nifeviroc (TD-0232), anti-GP120 / CD4 or CCR5 bispecific antibodies, B-07, MB-66, polypeptide C25P, TD-0680, and vMIP (Haimipu). Examples of CXCR4 inhibitors include plerixafor, ALT-1188, N15 peptide, and vMIP (Haimipu).

[0201] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a HIV nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a HIV 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an acyclic nucleoside phosphonate analogue. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a HIV capsid inhibitor.

[0202] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a HIV nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitor of reverse transcriptase. For example, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of adefovir, adefovir dipivoxil, azvudine, emtricitabine, tenofovir, tenofovir alafenamide, tenofovir alafenamide fumarate, tenofovir alafenamide hemifumarate, tenofovir disoproxil, tenofovir disoproxil fumarate, tenofovir disoproxil hemifumarate, VIDEX® and VIDEX EC® (didanosine, ddl), abacavir, abacavir sulfate, alovudine, apricitabine, censavudine, didanosine, elvucitabine, festinavir, fosalvudine tidoxil, CMX-157, dapivirine, doravirine, etravirine, OCR-5753, tenofovir disoproxil orotate, fozivudine tidoxil, islatravir, lamivudine, phosphazid, stavudine, zalcitabine, zidovudine, rovafovir etalafenamide (GS-9131), GS-9148, MK-8504, MK-8591, MK-858, VM-2500, KP-1461, and combinations thereof.

[0203] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a HIV non-nucleoside or nonnucleotide inhibitor of reverse transcriptase. For example, the additional agent is selected from the group consisting of dapivirine, delavirdine, delavirdine mesylate, doravirine, efavirenz, etravirine, lentinan, MK-8583, nevirapine, rilpivirine, TMC-278LA, ACC-007, AIC-292, KM-023, PC-1005, elsulfavirine rilp (VM-1500), combinations thereof.

[0204] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agents are selected from ATRIPLA® (efavirenz, tenofovir disoproxil fumarate, and emtricitabine); COMPLERA® (EVIPLERA®; rilpivirine, tenofovir disoproxil fumarate, and emtricitabine); STRIBILD® (elvitegravir, cobicistat, tenofovir disoproxil fumarate, and emtricitabine); TRUVADA® (tenofovir disoproxil fumarate and emtricitabine; TDF +FTC); DESCOVY® (tenofovir alafenamide and emtricitabine); ODEFSEY® (tenofovir alafenamide, emtricitabine, and rilpivirine); GENVOYA® (tenofovir alafenamide, emtricitabine, cobicistat, and 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 elvitegravir); adefovir; adefovir dipivoxil; cobicistat; emtricitabine; tenofovir; tenofovir disoproxil; tenofovir disoproxil fumarate; tenofovir alafenamide; tenofovir alafenamide hemifumarate; TRIUMEQ® (dolutegravir, abacavir, and lamivudine); dolutegravir, abacavir sulfate, and lamivudine; raltegravir; raltegravir and lamivudine; maraviroc; enfuvirtide; ALUVIA® (KALETRA®; lopinavir and ritonavir); COMBIVIR® (zidovudine and lamivudine; AZT+3TC); EPZICOM® (LIVEXA®; abacavir sulfate and lamivudine; ABC+3TC); TRIZIVIR® (abacavir sulfate, zidovudine, and lamivudine; ABC+AZT+3TC); rilpivirine; rilpivirine hydrochloride; atazanavir sulfate and cobicistat; atazanavir and cobicistat; darunavir and cobicistat; atazanavir; atazanavir sulfate; dolutegravir; elvitegravir; ritonavir; atazanavir sulfate and ritonavir; darunavir; lamivudine; prolastin; fosamprenavir; fosamprenavir calcium efavirenz; etravirine; nelfinavir; nelfinavir mesylate; interferon; didanosine; stavudine; indinavir; indinavir sulfate; tenofovir and lamivudine; zidovudine; nevirapine; saquinavir; saquinavir mesylate; aldesleukin; zalcitabine; tipranavir; amprenavir; delavirdine; delavirdine mesylate; Radha-108 (receptol); lamivudine and tenofovir disoproxil fumarate; efavirenz, lamivudine, and tenofovir disoproxil fumarate; phosphazid; lamivudine, nevirapine, and zidovudine; abacavir; and abacavir sulfate.

[0205] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of colistin, valrubicin, icatibant, bepotastine, epirubicin, epoprosetnol, vapreotide, aprepitant, caspofungin, perphenazine, atazanavir, efavirenz, ritonavir, acyclovir, ganciclovir, penciclovir, prulifloxacin, bictegravir, nelfinavir, tegobuvi, nelfinavir, praziquantel, pitavastatin, perampanel, eszopiclone, and zopiclone.

[0206] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an inhibitor of Bruton tyrosine kinase (BTK, AGMX1, AT, ATK, BPK, IGHD3, IMD1, PSCTK1, XLA; NCBI Gene ID: 695). For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of (S)-6-amino-9-(l-(but-2-ynoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)-7-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-7H-purin- 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 8(9H)-one, acalabrutinib (ACP-196), BGB-3111, CB988, HM71224, ibrutinib (Imbruvica), M-2951 (evobrutinib), M7583, tirabrutinib (ONO-4059), PRN-1008, spebrutinib (CC-292), TAK-020, vecabrutinib, ARQ-531, SHR-1459, DTRMWXHS-12, TAS-5315, AZD6738, calquence, danvatirsen, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from a group consisting of tirabrutinib, ibrutinib, acalabrutinib, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from a group consisting of tirabrutinib, ibrutinib, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is tyrphostin A9 (A9).

[0207] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a KRAS inhibitor. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of AMG-510, COTI-219, MRTX-1257, ARS-3248, ARS-853, WDB-178, BI-3406, BI-1701963, ARS-1620 (G12C), SML-8-73-1 (G12C), Compound 3144 (G12D), Kobe0065 / 2602 (Ras GTP), RT11, MRTX-849 (G12C) and K-Ras(G12D)-selective inhibitory peptides, including KRpep-2 (Ac-RRCPLYISYDPVCRR-NH2), KRpep-2d (Ac-RRRRCPLYISYDPVCRRRR-NH2), and combinations thereof.

[0208] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a proteasome inhibitor. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from a group consisting of ixazomib, carfilzomib, marizomib, bortezomib, and combinations thereof, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is carfilzomib.

[0209] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a vaccine. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a DNA vaccine, RNA vaccine, live-attenuated vaccine, therapeutic vaccine, prophylactic vaccine, protein based vaccine, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is mRNA-1273. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is INO-4800 or INO-4700. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is live-attenuated RSV vaccine MEDI-559, 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 human monoclonal antibody REGN2222 against RSV, palivizumab, respiratory syncytial virus immune globulin, intravenous [RSV-IGIV], and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a HBV vaccine, for example pediarix, engerix-B, and recombivax HB. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a VZV vaccine, for example zostavax and varivax. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a HPV vaccine, for example cervarix, gardasil 9, and gardasil. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an influenza virus vaccine. For example, a (i) monovalent vaccine for influenza A (e.g. influenza A [H5N1] virus monovalent vaccine and influenza A [H1N1] 2009 virus monovalent vaccines), (ii) trivalent vaccine for influenza A and B viruses (e.g. Afluria, Agriflu, Fluad, Fluarix, Flublok, Flucelvax, FluLaval, Fluvirin, and Fluzone), and (iii) quadrivalent vaccine for influenza A and B viruses (FluMist, Fluarix, Fluzone, and FluLaval). In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a human adenovirus vaccine (e.g. Adenovirus Type 4 and Type 7 Vaccine, Live, Oral). In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a rotavirus vaccine (e.g. Rotarix for rotavirus serotype Gl, G3, G4, or G9 and RotaTeq for rotavirus serotype Gl, G2, G3, or G4). In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a hepatitis A virus vaccine (e.g. Havrix and Vaqta). In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is poliovirus vaccines (e.g. Kinrix, Quadracel, and Ipol). In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a yellow fever virus vaccine (e.g. YF-Vax). In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a Japanese encephalitis virus vaccines (e.g. Ixiaro and JE-Vax). In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a measles vaccine (e.g. M-M-RII and ProQuad). In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a mumps vaccine (e.g. M-M-R II and ProQuad). In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a rubella vaccine (e.g. M-M-R II and ProQuad). In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a varicella vaccine (e.g. ProQuad). In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a rabies vaccine (e.g. Imovax and RabAvert). In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a variola virus (smallpox) vaccine 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 (ACAM2000). In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a and hepatitis E virus (HEV) vaccine (e.g. HEV239). In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a 2019-nCov vaccine.

[0210] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an antibody, for example a monoclonal antibody. For example, the additional therapeutic agent is an antibody against 2019-nCov selected from the group consisting of the Regeneron antibodies, the Wuxi Antibodies, the Vir Biotechnology Antibodies, antibodies that target the SARS-CoV-2 spike protein, antibodies that can neutralize SARS-CoV-2 (SARS-CoV-2 neutralizing antibodies), and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is anti-SARS CoV antibody CR-3022. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is aPD-1 antibody. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is REGN-COV2. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is LY-CoV555.

[0211] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is recombinant cytokine gene-derived protein injection.

[0212] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a polymerase inhibitor. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a DNA polymerase inhibitor. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is cidofovir. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a RNA polymerase inhibitor. For example, in some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of ribavirin, favipiravir, lamivudine, pimodivir and combination thereof.

[0213] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of lopinavir, ritonavir, interferon-alpha-2b, ritonavir, arbidol, hydroxychloroquine, darunavir and cobicistat, abidol hydrochloride, oseltamivir, litonavir, emtricitabine, tenofovir alafenamide fumarate, baloxavir marboxil, ruxolitinib, and combinations thereof. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0214] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of 6’-fluorinated aristeromycin analogues, acyclovir fleximer analogues, disulfiram, thiopurine analogues, ASC09F, GC376, GC813, phenylisoserine derivatives, neuroiminidase inhibitor analogues, pyrithiobac derivatives, bananins and 5-hydroxychromone derivatives, SSYA10-001, griffithsin, HR2P-M1, HR2P-M2, P21S10, Dihydrotanshinone E-64-C and E-64-D, OC43-HR2P, MERS-5HB, 229E-HR1P, 229E-HR2P, resveratrol, l-thia-4-azaspiro[4.5] decan-3-one derivatives, gemcitabine hydrochloride, loperamide, recombinant interferons, cyclosporine A, alisporivir, imatinib mesylate, dasatinib, selumetinib, trametinib, rapamycin, saracatinib, chlorpromazine, triflupromazine, fluphenazine, thiethylperazine, promethazine, cyclophilin inhibitors, KI 1777, camostat, k22, teicoplanin derivatives, benzo-heterocyclic amine derivatives N30, mycophenolic acid, silvestrol, and combinations thereof.

[0215] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an antibody. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an antibody that binds to a coronavirus, for example an antibody that binds to SARS or MERS. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a of 2019-nCoV virus antibody.

[0216] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent in a steroid, for example corticosteroid. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is dexamethasone.

[0217] Compositions of the invention are also used in combination with other active ingredients. For the treatment of 2019-nCoV virus infections, preferably, the other active therapeutic agent is active against coronavirus infections, for example 2019-nCoV virus infections. The compounds and compositions of the present invention are also intended for use with general care provided patients with 2019-nCoV viral infections, including parenteral fluids (including dextrose saline and Ringer’s lactate) and nutrition, antibiotic (including metronidazole and cephalosporin antibiotics, such as ceftriaxone and cefuroxime) and / or antifungal prophylaxis, fever and pain medication, antiemetic (such as metoclopramide) and / or antidiarrheal agents, vitamin and 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 mineral supplements (including Vitamin K and zinc sulfate), anti-inflammatory agents ( such as ibuprofen or steroids), corticosteroids such as methylprednisolone, immonumodulatory medications (e.g. interferon), other small molecule or biologies antiviral agents targeting 2019-nCoV (such as but not limited to lopinavir / ritonavir, EIDD-1931, favipiravir, ribavirine, neutralizing antibodies, etc.), vaccines, pain medications, and medications for other common diseases in the patient population, such anti-malarial agents (including artemether and artesunate-lumefantrine combination therapy), typhoid (including quinolone antibiotics, such as ciprofloxacin, macrolide antibiotics, such as azithromycin, cephalosporin antibiotics, such as ceftriaxone, or aminopenicillins, such as ampicillin), or shigellosis. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is dihydroartemisinin / piperaquine.

[0218] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an immunomodulator. Examples of immune-based therapies include toll-like receptors modulators such as tlrl, tlr2, tlr3, tlr4, tlr5, tlr6, tlr7, tlr8, tlr9, tlr 10, tlrl 1, tlrl2, and tlrl3; programmed cell death protein 1 (Pd-1) modulators; programmed death-ligand 1 (Pd-Ll) modulators; IL-15 modulators; DermaVir; interleukin-7; plaquenil (hydroxychloroquine); proleukin (aldesleukin, IL-2); interferon alfa; interferon alfa-2b; interferon alfa-n3; pegylated interferon alfa; interferon gamma; hydroxyurea; mycophenolate mofetil (MPA) and its ester derivative mycophenolate mofetil (MMF); ribavirin; polymer polyethyleneimine (PEI); gepon; IL-12; WF-10; VGV-1; MOR-22; BMS-936559; CYT-107, interleukin- 15 / Fc fusion protein, AM-0015, ALT-803, NIZ-985, NKTR-255, NKTR-262, NKTR-214, normferon, peginterferon alfa-2a, peginterferon alfa-2b, recombinant interleukin-15, Xmab-24306, RPLMN,, STING modulators, RIG-I modulators, NOD2 modulators, SB-9200, and IR-103. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is fmgolimod, leflunomide, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is thalidomide. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0219] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an IL-6 inhibitor, for example tocilizumab, sarilumab, or a combination thereof.

[0220] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an anti-TNF inhibitor. For example, the additional therapeutic agent is adalimumab, etanercept, golimumab, infliximab, or a combination thereof.

[0221] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a JAK inhibitor, for example the additional therapeutic agent is baricitinib, filgotinib, olumiant, or a combination thereof.

[0222] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an inflammation inhibitor, for example pirfenidone.

[0223] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an antibiotic for secondary bacterial pneumonia. For example, the additional therapeutic agent is macrolide antibiotics (e.g. azithromycin, clarithromycin, and mycoplasma pneumoniae), fluoroquinolones (e.g. ciprofloxacin and levofloxacin), tetracyclines (e.g. doxycycline and tetracycline), or a combination thereof.

[0224] In some embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein are used in combination with pneumonia standard of care (see e.g. Pediatric Community Pneumonia Guidelines, CID 2011:53 (1 October)). Treatment for pneumonia generally involves curing the infection and preventing complications. Specific treatment will depend on several factors, including the type and severity of pneumonia, age and overall health of the individuals. The options include: (i) antibiotics, (ii) cough medicine, and (iii) fever reducers / pain relievers (for e.g. aspirin, ibuprofen (Advil, Motrin IB, others) and acetaminophen (Tylenol, others)). In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is bromhexine anti-cough.

[0225] In some embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein are used in combination with immunoglobulin from cured COVID-19 patients. In some embodiments, the compounds 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 disclosed herein are used in combination with plasma transfusion. In some embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein are used in combination with stem cells.

[0226] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an TLR agonist. Examples of TLR agonists include, but are not limited to, vesatolimod (GS-9620), GS-986, IR-103, lefitolimod, tilsotolimod, rintatolimod, DSP-0509, AL-034, G-100, cobitolimod, AST-008, motolimod, GSK-1795091, GSK-2245035, VTX-1463, GS-9688, LHC-165, BDB-001, RG-7854, telratolimod.RO-7020531.

[0227] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of bortezomid, flurazepam, ponatinib, sorafenib, paramethasone, clocortolone, flucioxacillin, sertindole, clevidipine, atorvastatin, cinolazepam, clofazimine, fosaprepitant, and combinations thereof.

[0228] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is carrimycin, suramin, triazavirin, dipyridamole, bevacizumab, meplazumab, GD31 (rhizobium), NLRP inflammasome inhibitor, or a-ketoamine. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is recombinant human angiotensin-converting enzyme 2 (rhACE2). In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is viral macrophage inflammatory protein (vMIP).

[0229] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an anti-viroporin therapeutic. For example, the additional therapeutic agent is BIT-314 or BIT-225. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is coronavirus E protein inhibitor. For example, the additional therapeutic agent is BIT-009. Further examples of additional therapeutic agents include those described in WO-2004112687, WO-2006135978, WO-2018145148, and WO-2009018609.

[0230] It is also possible to combine any compound of the disclosure with one or more additional active therapeutic agents in a unitary dosage form for simultaneous or sequential administration to a patient. The combination therapy may be administered as a simultaneous or 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 sequential regimen. When administered sequentially, the combination may be administered in two or more administrations.

[0231] Co-administration of a compound of the disclosure with one or more other active therapeutic agents generally refers to simultaneous or sequential administration of a compound of the disclosure and one or more other active therapeutic agents, such that therapeutically effective amounts of the compound of the disclosure and one or more other active therapeutic agents are both present in the body of the patient.

[0232] Co-administration includes administration of unit dosages of the compounds of the invention before or after administration of unit dosages of one or more other active therapeutic agents, for example, administration of the compounds of the invention within seconds, minutes, or hours of the administration of one or more other active therapeutic agents. For example, a unit dose of a compound of the disclosure can be administered first, followed within seconds or minutes by administration of a unit dose of one or more other active therapeutic agents. Alternatively, a unit dose of one or more other therapeutic agents can be administered first, followed by administration of a unit dose of a compound of the disclosure within seconds or minutes. In some cases, it may be desirable to administer a unit dose of a compound of the disclosure first, followed, after a period of hours (e.g., 1-12 hours), by administration of a unit dose of one or more other active therapeutic agents. In other cases, it may be desirable to administer a unit dose of one or more other active therapeutic agents first, followed, after a period of hours (e.g., 1-12 hours), by administration of a unit dose of a compound of the disclosure.

[0233] The combination therapy may provide “synergy” and “synergistic”, i.e. the effect achieved when the active ingredients used together is greater than the sum of the effects that results from using the compounds separately. A synergistic effect may be attained when the active ingredients are: (1) co-formulated and administered or delivered simultaneously in a 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 combined formulation; (2) delivered by alternation or in parallel as separate formulations; or (3) by some other regimen. When delivered in alternation therapy, a synergistic effect may be attained when the compounds are administered or delivered sequentially, e.g. in separate tablets, pills or capsules, or by different injections in separate syringes. In general, during alternation therapy, an effective dosage of each active ingredient is administered sequentially, i.e. serially, whereas in combination therapy, effective dosages of two or more active ingredients are administered together. A synergistic anti-viral effect denotes an antiviral effect which is greater than the predicted purely additive effects of the individual compounds of the combination. 1. Combination Therapy for the treatment of Pneumoviridae

[0234] The compounds provided herein are also used in combination with other active therapeutic agents. For the treatment of Pneumoviridae virus infections, preferably, the other active therapeutic agent is active against Pneumoviridae virus infections, particularly respiratory syncytial virus infections and / or metapneumovirus infections. Non-limiting examples of these other active therapeutic agents active against RSV are ribavirin, palivizumab, motavizumab, RSV-IGIV (RespiGam®), MEDI-557, A-60444 (also known as RSV604), MDT-637, BMS-433771, ALN-RSV0, ALX-0171 and mixtures thereof. Other non-limiting examples of other active therapeutic agents active against respiratory syncytial virus infections include respiratory syncytial virus protein F inhibitors, such as AK-0529; RV-521, ALX-0171, JNJ-53718678, BTA-585, and presatovir; RNA polymerase inhibitors, such as lumicitabine and ALS-8112; anti-RSV G protein antibodies, such as anti-G-protein mAb; viral replication inhibitors, such as nitazoxanide.

[0235] In some embodiments, the other active therapeutic agent may be a vaccine for the treatment or prevention of RSV, including but not limited to MVA-BN RSV, RSV-F, MEDI-8897, JNJ-64400141, DPX-RSV, SynGEM, GSK-3389245A, GSK-300389-1A, RSV-MEDI 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 deltaM2-2 vaccine, VRC-RSVRGP084-00VP, Ad35-RSV-FA2, Ad26-RSV-FA2, and RSV fusion glycoprotein subunit vaccine.

[0236] Non-limiting examples of other active therapeutic agents active against metapneumovirus infections include sialidase modulators such as DAS-181; RNA polymerase inhibitors, such as ALS-8112; and antibodies for the treatment of Metapneumovirus infections, such as EV-046113.

[0237] In some embodiments, the other active therapeutic agent may be a vaccine for the treatment or prevention of metapneumovirus infections, including but not limited to mRNA-1653 and rHMPV-Pa vaccine. 2. Combination Therapy for the treatment of Picornaviridae

[0238] The compounds provided herein are also used in combination with other active therapeutic agents. For the treatment of Picornaviridae virus infections, preferably, the other active therapeutic agent is active against Picornaviridae virus infections, particularly Enterovirus infections. Non-limiting examples of these other active therapeutic agents are capsid binding inhibitors such as pleconaril, BTA-798 (vapendavir) and other compounds disclosed by Wu, et al. (US 7,078,403) and Watson (US 7,166,604); fusion sialidase protein such as DAS-181; a capsid protein VP1 inhibitor such as VVX-003 and AZN-001; a viral protease inhibitor such as CW-33; a phosphatidylinositol 4 kinase beta inhibitor such as GSK-480 and GSK-533; anti-EV71 antibody.

[0239] In some embodiments, the other active therapeutic agent may be a vaccine for the treatment or prevention of Picornaviridae virus infections, including but not limited to EV71 vaccines, TAK-021, and EV-D68 adenovector-based vaccine. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 3. Combination Therapy for Respiratory Infections

[0240] Many of the infections of the Pneumoviridae and Picomaviridae viruses are respiratory infections. Therefore, additional active therapeutics used to treat respiratory symptoms and sequelae of infection may be used in combination with the compounds provided herein. The additional agents are preferably administered orally or by direct inhalation. For example, other preferred additional therapeutic agents in combination with the compounds provided herein for the treatment of viral respiratory infections include, but are not limited to, bronchodilators and corticosteroids. Glucocorticoids

[0241] Glucocorticoids, which were first introduced as an asthma therapy in 1950 (Carryer, Journal of Allergy, 21, 282-287, 1950), remain the most potent and consistently effective therapy for this disease, although their mechanism of action is not yet fully understood (Morris, J. Allergy Clin. Immunol., 75 (1 Pt) 1-13, 1985). Unfortunately, oral glucocorticoid therapies are associated with profound undesirable side effects such as truncal obesity, hypertension, glaucoma, glucose intolerance, acceleration of cataract formation, bone mineral loss, and psychological effects, all of which limit their use as long-term therapeutic agents (Goodman and Gilman, 10th edition, 2001). A solution to systemic side effects is to deliver steroid drugs directly to the site of inflammation. Inhaled corticosteroids (ICS) have been developed to mitigate the severe adverse effects of oral steroids. Non-limiting examples of corticosteroids that may be used in combinations with the compounds provided herein are dexamethasone, dexamethasone sodium phosphate, fluorometholone, fluoromethoIone acetate, loteprednol, loteprednol etabonate, hydrocortisone, prednisolone, fludrocortisones, triamcinolone, triamcinolone acetonide, betamethasone, beclomethasone diproprionate, methylprednisolone, fluocinolone, fluocinolone acetonide, flunisolide, fluocortin-21-butylate, flumethasone, 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 flumetasone pivalate, budesonide, halobetasol propionate, mometasone furoate, fluticasone , AZD-7594, ciclesonide; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Anti-inflammatory agents

[0242] Other anti-inflammatory agents working through anti-inflammatory cascade mechanisms are also useful as additional therapeutic agents in combination with the compounds provided herein for the treatment of viral respiratory infections. Applying “anti-inflammatory signal transduction modulators” (referred to in this text as AISTM), like phosphodiesterase inhibitors (e.g. PDE-4, PDE-5, or PDE-7 specific), transcription factor inhibitors (e.g. blocking NFkB through IKK inhibition), or kinase inhibitors (e.g. blocking P38 MAP, JNK, PI3K, EGFR or Syk) is a logical approach to switching off inflammation as these small molecules target a limited number of common intracellular pathways - those signal transduction pathways that are critical points for the anti-inflammatory therapeutic intervention (see review by P.J. Barnes, 2006). These non-limiting additional therapeutic agents include: 5-(2,4-Difluoro-phenoxy)-l-isobutyl-lH-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (2-dimethylamino-ethyl)-amide (P38 Map kinase inhibitor ARRY-797); 3-Cyclopropylmethoxy-N-(3,5-dichloro-pyridin-4-yl)-4-difluorormethoxy-benzamide (PDE-4 inhibitor Roflumilast); 4-[2-(3-cyclopentyloxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-phenyl-ethyl]-pyridine (PDE-4 inhibitor CDP-840); N-(3,5-dichloro-4-pyridinyl)-4-(difluoromethoxy)-8-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]-l-dibenzofurancarboxamide (PDE-4 inhibitor Oglemilast); N-(3,5-Dichloro-pyridin-4-yl)-2-[l-(4-fluorobenzyl)-5-hydroxy-lH-indol-3-yl]-2-oxo-acetamide (PDE-4 inhibitor AWD 12-281); 8-Methoxy-2-trifluoromethyl-quinoline-5-carboxylic acid (3,5-dichloro-l-oxy-pyridin-4-yl)-amide (PDE-4 inhibitor Sch 351591); 4-[5-(4-Fluorophenyl)-2-(4-methanesulfinyl-phenyl)-lH-imidazol-4-yl]-pyridine (P38 inhibitor SB-203850); 4-[4-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-l-(3-phenyl-propyl)-5-pyridin-4-yl-lH-imidazol-2-yl]-but-3-yn-l-ol (P38 inhibitor RWJ-67657); 4-Cyano-4-(3-cyclopentyloxy-4-methoxy-phenyl)-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid 2-diethylamino-ethyl ester (2-diethyl-ethyl ester prodrug of 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Cilomilast, PDE-4 inhibitor); (3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-[7-methoxy-6-(3-morpholin-4-yl-propoxy)-quinazolin-4-yl]-amine (Gefitinib, EGFR inhibitor); and 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl)-N-[4-methyl-3-(4-pyridin-3-yl-pyrimidin-2-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide (Imatinib, EGFR inhibitor). / 32-adrenoreceptor agonist bronchodilators

[0243] Combinations comprising inhaled P2-adrenoreceptor agonist bronchodilators such as formoterol, albuterol or salmeterol with the compounds provided herein are also suitable, but non-limiting, combinations useful for the treatment of respiratory viral infections.

[0244] Combinations of inhaled P2-adrenoreceptor agonist bronchodilators such as formoterol or salmeterol with ICS’s are also used to treat both the bronchoconstriction and the inflammation (Symbicort® and Advair®, respectively). The combinations comprising these ICS and P2-adrenoreceptor agonist combinations along with the compounds provided herein are also suitable, but non-limiting, combinations useful for the treatment of respiratory viral infections.

[0245] Other examples of Beta 2 adrenoceptor agonists are bedoradrine, vilanterol, indacaterol, olodaterol, tulobuterol, formoterol, abediterol, salbutamol, arformoterol, levalbuterol, fenoterol, andTD-5471. Anticholinergics

[0246] For the treatment or prophylaxis of pulmonary broncho-constriction, anticholinergics are of potential use and, therefore, useful as an additional therapeutic agent in combination with the compounds provided herein for the treatment of viral respiratory infections. These anticholinergics include, but are not limited to, antagonists of the muscarinic receptor (particularly of the M3 subtype) which have shown therapeutic efficacy in man for the control of cholinergic tone in COPD (Witek, 1999); l-{4-Hydroxy-l-[3,3,3-tris-(4-fluoro-phenyl)- 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 propionyl]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (l-methyl-piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-amide; 3-[3-(2-Diethylamino-acetoxy)-2-phenyl-propionyloxy]-8-isopropyl-8-methyl-8-azonia-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane (Ipratropium-N,N-diethylglycinate); 1-Cyclohexyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-isoquinoline-2-carboxylic acid l-aza-bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl ester (Solifenacin); 2-Hydroxymethyl-4-methanesulfinyl-2-phenyl-butyric acid l-aza-bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl ester (Revatropate); 2-{l-[2-(2,3-Dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl)-ethyl]-pyrrolidin-3-yl}-2,2-diphenyl-acetamide (Darifenacin); 4-Azepan-l-yl-2,2-diphenyl-butyramide (Buzepide); 7-(3-(2-Diethylamino-acetoxy)-2-phenyl-propionyloxy]-9-ethyl-9-methyl-3-oxa-9-azonia- tricyclo[3.3.1,02,4]nonane (Oxitropium-N,N-diethylglycinate); 7-[2-(2-Diethylamino-acetoxy)-2,2-di-thi ophen-2-yl-acetoxy]-9,9-dimethyl-3-oxa-9-azonia-tricyclo[3.3.1.02,4]nonane (Tiotropium-N,N-diethylglycinate); Dimethylamino-acetic acid 2-(3-diisopropylamino-l-phenyl-propyl)-4-methyl-phenyl ester (Tolterodine-N,N-dimethylglycinate); 3-(4,4-Bis-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-2-oxo-imidazolidin-1 -y 1 ] -1 -methyl-1 -(2-oxo-2-pyri din-2-yl-ethyl)-pyrrolidinium; l-[l-(3-Fluoro-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-4,4-bis-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-imidazolidin-2-one; 1-Cyclooctyl-3-(3-methoxy-l-aza-bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl)-l-phenyl-prop-2-yn-l-ol; 3-(2-(2- Diethylamino-acetoxy)-2,2-di-thiophen-2-yl-acetoxy]-1 -(3 -phenoxy-propyl)-1 -azonia-bicyclo[2.2.2]octane (Aclidinium-N,N-diethylglycinate); or (2-Diethylamino-acetoxy)-di-thiophen-2-yl-acetic acid 1-methyl-1-(2-phenoxy-ethyl)-piperidin-4-yl ester; revefenacin, glycopyrronium bromide, umeclidinium bromide, tiotropium bromide, aclidinium bromide, bencycloquidium bromide. Mucolytic agents

[0247] The compounds provided herein may also be combined with mucolytic agents to treat both the infection and symptoms of respiratory infections. A non-limiting example of a mucolytic agent is ambroxol. Similarly, the compounds may be combined with expectorants to 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 treat both the infection and symptoms of respiratory infections. A non-limiting example of an expectorant is guaifenesin.

[0248] Nebulized hypertonic saline is used to improve immediate and long-term clearance of small airways in patients with lung diseases (Kuzik, J. Pediatrics 2007, 266). Thus, the compounds provided herein may also be combined with nebulized hypertonic saline particularly when the virus infection is complicated with bronchiolitis. The combination of the compound provided herein with hypertonic saline may also comprise any of the additional agents discussed above. In some embodiments, about 3% hypertonic saline is used. 4. Combination Therapy for the treatment of Flaviviridae virus infections

[0249] The compounds and compositions provided herein are also used in combination with other active therapeutic agents. For the treatment of Flaviviridae virus infections, preferably, the other active therapeutic agent is active against Flaviviridae virus infections.

[0250] For treatment of the dengue virus infection, non-limiting examples of the other active therapeutic agents are host cell factor modulators, such as GBV-006; fenretinide ABX-220, BRM-211; alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, such as celgosivir; platelet activating factor receptor (PAFR) antagonists, such as modipafant; cadherin-5 / Factor la modulators, such as FX-06; NS4B inhibitors, such as JNJ-8359; viral RNA splicing modulators, such as ABX-202; aNS5 polymerase inhibitor; a NS3 protease inhibitor; and a TLR modulator.

[0251] In some embodiments, the other active therapeutic agent may be a vaccine for the treatment or prevention of dengue, including but not limited to TetraVax-DV, Dengvaxia ®, DPIV-001, TAK-003, live attenuated dengue vaccine, tetravalent dengue fever vaccine, tetravalent DNA vaccine, rDEN2delta30-7169; and DENV-1 PIV. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 5. Combination Therapy for the treatment of Filoviridae virus infections

[0252] The compounds provided herein are also used in combination with other active therapeutic agents. For the treatment of Filoviridae virus infections, preferably, the other active therapeutic agent is active against Filoviridae virus infections, particularly Marburg virus, Ebola virus and Cueva virus infections. Non-limiting examples of these other active therapeutic agents are: ribavirin, palivizumab, motavizumab, RSV-IGIV (RespiGam®), MEDI-557, A-60444, MDT-637, BMS-433771, amiodarone, dronedarone, verapamil, Ebola Convalescent Plasma (ECP), TKM-100201, BCX4430 ((2S,3S,4R,5R)-2-(4-amino-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-5-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidine-3,4-diol), TKM-Ebola, T-705 monophosphate, T-705 diphosphate, T-705 triphosphate, FGI-106 (l-N,7-N-bis[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3,9-dimethylquinolino[8,7-h]quinolone-l,7-diamine), rNAPc2, OS-2966, brincidofovir, remdesivir; RNA polymerase inhibitors, such as galidesivir, favipiravir (also known as T-705 or Avigan), JK-05; host cell factor modulators, such as GMV-006; cadherin-5 / factor la modulators, such as FX-06; and antibodies for the treatment of Ebola, such as REGN-3470-3471-3479 and ZMapp.

[0253] Other non-limiting active therapeutic agents active against Ebola include an alphaglucosidase 1 inhibitor, a cathepsin B inhibitor, a CD29 antagonist, a dendritic ICAM-3 grabbing nonintegrin 1 inhibitor, an estrogen receptor antagonist, a factor VII antagonist HLA class II antigen modulator, a host cell factor modulator, a Interferon alpha ligand, a neutral alpha glucosidase AB inhibitor, a niemann-Pick Cl protein inhibitor, a nucleoprotein inhibitor, a polymerase cofactor VP35 inhibitor, a Serine protease inhibitor, a tissue factor inhibitor, a TLR-3 agonist, a viral envelope glycoprotein inhibitor, and an Ebola virus entry inhibitors (NPC1 inhibitors).

[0254] In some embodiments, the other active therapeutic agent may be a vaccine for the treatment or prevention of Ebola, including but not limited to VRC-EBOADC076-00-VP, adenovirus-based Ebola vaccine, rVSV-EBOV, rVSVN4CTl-EBOVGP, MVA-BN Filo + 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Ad26-ZEBOV regimen, INO-4212, VRC-EBODNA023-00-VP, VRC-EBOADC069-00-VP, GamEvac-combi vaccine, SRC VB Vector, HPIV3 / EboGP vaccine, MVA-EBOZ, Ebola recombinant glycoprotein vaccine, Vaxart adenovirus vector 5-based Ebola vaccine, FiloVax vaccine, GOVX-E301, and GOVX-E302.

[0255] The compounds provided herein may also be used in combination with phosphoramidate morpholino oligomers (PMOs), which are synthetic antisense oligonucleotide analogs designed to interfere with translational processes by forming base-pair duplexes with specific RNA sequences. Examples of PMOs include but are not limited to AVI-7287, AVI-7288, AVI-7537, AVI-7539, AVI-6002, and AVI-6003.

[0256] The compounds provided herein are also intended for use with general care provided to patients with Filoviridae viral infections, including parenteral fluids (including dextrose saline and Ringer’s lactate) and nutrition, antibiotic (including metronidazole and cephalosporin antibiotics, such as ceftriaxone and cefuroxime) and / or antifungal prophylaxis, fever and pain medication, antiemetic (such as metoclopramide) and / or antidiarrheal agents, vitamin and mineral supplements (including Vitamin K and zinc sulfate), anti-inflammatory agents ( such as ibuprofen), pain medications, and medications for other common diseases in the patient population, such anti-malarial agents (including artemether and artesunate-lumefantrine combination therapy), typhoid (including quinolone antibiotics, such as ciprofloxacin, macrolide antibiotics, such as azithromycin, cephalosporin antibiotics, such as ceftriaxone, or aminopenicillins, such as ampicillin), or shigellosis. IX. Compound Preparation

[0257] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides processes and intermediates useful for preparing the compounds provided herein or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0258] Compounds described herein can be purified by any of the means known in the art, including chromatographic means, such as high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), preparative thin layer chromatography, flash column chromatography and ion exchange chromatography. Any suitable stationary phase can be used, including normal and reversed phases as well as ionic resins. Most typically the disclosed compounds are purified via silica gel and / or alumina chromatography.

[0259] During any of the processes for preparation of the compounds provided herein, it may be necessary and / or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups as described in standard works, such as T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,” 4th ed., Wiley, New York 2006. The protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from the art.

[0260] Exemplary chemical entities useful in methods of the embodiments will now be described by reference to illustrative synthetic schemes for their general preparation herein and the specific examples that follow. Skilled artisans will recognize that, to obtain the various compounds herein, starting materials may be suitably selected so that the ultimately desired substituents will be carried through the reaction scheme with or without protection as appropriate to yield the desired product. Alternatively, it may be necessary or desirable to employ, in the place of the ultimately desired substituent, a suitable group that may be carried through the reaction scheme and replaced as appropriate with the desired substituent. Furthermore, one of skill in the art will recognize that the transformations shown in the schemes below may be performed in any order that is compatible with the functionality of the particular pendant groups.

[0261] The methods of the present disclosure generally provide a specific enantiomer or diastereomer as the desired product, although the stereochemistry of the enantiomer or 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 diastereomer was not determined in all cases. When the stereochemistry of the specific stereocenter in the enantiomer or diastereomer is not determined, the compound is drawn without showing any stereochemistry at that specific stereocenter even though the compound can be substantially enantiomerically or disatereomerically pure.

[0262] Representative syntheses of compounds of the present disclosure are described in the schemes below, and the particular examples that follow. X. Examples Intermediate 1-2: (R)-2-(benzyloxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl bis(4-nitrophenyl) phosphate 1-1 1-2

[0263] 4-nitrophenyl phosphorodichloridate (1.41 g, 5.52 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (36 mL). The resulting solution was cooled in an ice bath and a separate solution of l-O-octadecyl-2-0-benzyl-sw-glycerol (intermediate 1-1, 2 g, 4.6 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added. Triethylamine (1.12g, 11 mmol) was then added in a drop-wise manner. The ice bath was then removed. After 1 h 45 min additional triethylamine (0.239 g, 2.35 mmol) was added, followed by 4-nitrophenol. The reaction progress was monitored by LC / MS and TLC. The reaction was diluted with Et2O and the resulting solids were removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated, and intermediate 1-2 was isolated by silica gel column chromatography (25 g load cartridge, 120 g Combiflash HP Gold Column, eluent ramp from 100% hexanes to 30% EtOAc / hexanes). 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 ^NMR (400 MHz, Chloroforms / ) 5 8.21 - 8.08 (m, 4H), 7.38 - 7.21 (m, 9H), 4.66 - 4.55 (m, 2H), 4.52 (ddd, J= 10.5, 7.1, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.38 (ddd, J= 10.8, 8.5, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 3.83 - 3.76 (m, 1H), 3.57 - 3.46 (m, 2H), 3.39 (t, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H), 1.57 - 1.46 (m, 2H), 1.33-1.17 (m, 30H), 0.90-0.80 (m, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, Chloroform-tZ) 5 -19.447. Intermediate 1-4: ((3aR,4R,6R,6aR)-6-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-6-cyano-2,2- dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-d][l,3]dioxol-4-yl)methyl ((R)-2-(benzyloxy)-3- (octadecyloxy)propyl) (4-nitrophenyl) phosphate

[0264] Intermediate 1-2 (0.503 g, 0.664 mmol) and intermediate 1-3 (J. Med. Chern., 2017, 60(5), p. 1648; 0.2 g, 0.604 mmol) were dissolved in THF. MgCh (0.287 g, 3.02 mmol) was added in one portion at room temperature. The reaction was placed in a 50 °C bath and stirred for 10 min. To the resulting mixture DIPEA was added in a drop-wise manner. Reaction progress was monitored by LC / MS. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The resulting residue was taken up in DCM using sonication, and intermediate 1-4 was isolated by silica gel column chromatography (12 g load cartridge, 40 g Combiflash HP Gold Column, eluent ramp from 100% hexanes to 100% EtOAc). 'H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroforms / ) 5 7.93 - 7.86 (m, 1H), 7.84 - 7.77 (m, 2H), 7.30 - 7.18 (m, 5H), 7.18 - 7.08 (m, 2H), 6.89 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (dd, J= 6.7, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.01 (brs, 2H), 5.40 (dd, J= 13.8, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (ddd, J= 10.9, 6.9, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 4.64 - 4.48 (m, 3H), 4.43 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 (ddd, J= 10.8, 6.8, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.39 - 2.27 (m, 2H), 4.25 - 4.14 (m, 1H), 3.78 - 3.68 (m, 1H), 3.53 - 3.40 (m, 2H), 3.36 (td, J= 6.7, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 1.70 (s, 3H), 1.55 - 1.42 (m, 2H), 1.33 (d, J= 3.8 Hz, 3H), 1.30-1.14 (m, 30H), 0.83 (t, J= 6.7 Hz, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, Chloroform-tZ) 5 -7.275 (s), -7.608 (s). MS m / z = 949.10 [M+l] Intermediate 1-5: ((3aR,4R,6R,6aR)-6-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-6-cyano-2,2-dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-d][l,3]dioxol-4-yl)methyl ((R)-2-(benzyloxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate

[0265] Intermediate 1-4 (0.169 g, 0.178 mmol) was dissolved in THF (4 mL). To this solution was added a 1 N aqueous solution of NaOH (0.0249 g, 0.623 mmol) in a drop-wise manner. Upon complete addition of the NaOH solution the reaction was placed in a 50 °C bath. The reaction progress was monitored by LC / MS. Upon consumption of intermediate 1-4 the reaction was cooled in an ice bath. A 2 N aqueous solution of HC1 was added until the reaction pH ~4 was achieved. The reaction was concentrated, and the resulting residue was taken up in DCM with sonication. Intermediate 1-5 was isolated by silica gel column chromatography (12 g load cartridge, 24 g Combiflash HP Gold Column, eluent ramp from 100% DCM to 20%MeOH / DCM). 'H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-t / ;) 5 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.35 - 7.15 (m, 5H), 6.93 - 6.85 (m, 2H), 5.32 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1H), 5.00 (dd, J= 6.6, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 4.64 - 4.51 (m, 3H), 4.03 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 3.94 - 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.73 - 3.64 (m, 1H), 3.53 - 3.40 (m, 2H), 3.37 (td, J= 6.5, 1.6 Hz, 2H), 1.69 (s, 3H), 1.51 (pent, J= 6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.36 - 1.21 (m, 30H), 0.92 - 0.86 (m, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, MeOH-tL) 5 2.852 --0.151 (brs). MS m / z = 828.69 [M+l], 1656.24 [2M+1] Intermediate 1-6: Triethylammonium (R)-2-(benzyloxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl (2-chlorophenyl) phosphate 1-1 1,2,4-triazole triethylamine pyridine acetonitrile; water 1-6

[0266] 1,2,4-Triazole (1.33 g, 19.3 mmol) and tri ethylamine (2.69 mL, 19.3 mmol) were added sequentially to a stirred solution of 2-chlorophenyl phosphorodichloridate (1.45 mL, 8.97 mmol) in acetonitrile (30 mL) at 0 °C, and the resulting mixture was warmed to room temperature. After 40 min, a solution of intermediate 1-1 (3.90 g, 8.97 mmol) in pyridine (40 mL) was added slowly via cannula. After 5 h, triethylamine (5.0 mL) and water (1.5 mL) were added sequentially. After 25 min, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution was added. After 10 min, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution was added, and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (4 times). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 1-6 LCMS: 623.3 [M-CeHieN]’. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Intermediate 1-7: ((3a7?,4A,6A,6a7?)-6-(4-Aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-6-cyano-2,2- dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-d][l,3]dioxol-4-yl)methyl ((A)-2-(benzyloxy)-3- (octadecyloxy)propyl) (2-chlorophenyl) phosphate 1-6

[0267] l-(Mesitylsulfonyl)-3-nitro-lH-l,2,4-triazole (4.02 g, 13.6 mmol), intermediate 1-3 (3.00 g, 9.05 mmol), and 1-methylimidazole (1.08 mL, 13.6 mmol) were added sequentially to a stirred solution of intermediate 1-6 (5.92 g, 8.15 mmol) in pyridine at room temperature. After 4 h, the resulting mixture was cooled to 0 °C and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and brine were added sequentially. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 400 mL), and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, were filtered, and were concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 100% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give intermediate 1-7. LCMS: 938.5. Alternate Synthesis of Intermediate 1-5 - ((3a7?,4A,6A,6a7?)-6-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-6-cyano-2,2-dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-d][l,3]dioxol-4-yl)methyl ((A)-2-(benzyloxy)-3 -(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0268] Tetrabutylammonium fluoride solution (1.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 12.8 mL, 13 mmol) was added via syringe to a stirred mixture of intermediate 1-7 (4.00 g, 4.26 mmol), pyridine (5.0 mL), water (5.0 mL), and tetrahydrofuran (35 mL) at room temperature. After 2 h, the resulting mixture was cooled to 0 °C. Saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (15 mL) and water (10 mL) were added sequentially, and the resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Dichloromethane and water were added sequentially, and aqueous hydrogen chloride solution (2.0 M) was added until the pH of the aqueous layer was 3. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (4 times). The combined organic layers were washed with a mixture of brine and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (pH = 8, 2 times), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, fdtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 20% methanol in di chloromethane) to give intermediate 1-5. LCMS: 828.5. Example 1: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-(benzyloxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (1) Cone. HCI(aq), THF 1-5 1 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0269] Intermediate 1-5 (0.15 g, 0.181 mmol) was dissolved in THF (4 mL). The resulting solution was cooled in an ice bath. Concentrated aqueous HC1 (1.25 mL, 14.9 mmol) was added in a drop-wise fashion. The cold bath was removed the reaction was stirred vigorously. The reaction progress was monitored by LC / MS. After consumption of intermediate 1-5 the reaction was concentrated. The residue was taken up in a MeOH, DCM mixture and concentrated. The resulting residue was taken up in DCM and compound 1 was isolated by silica gel column chromatography (12 g load cartridge, 24 g Combiflash HP Gold Column, eluent ramp from 100% DCM to 20% MeOH / DCM). 'H NMR (400 MHz, ACN-dO 5 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.17 (m, 5H), 6.96 (d, J= 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, 7= 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.81 (d, 7= 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.66 - 4.54 (m, 2H), 4.37 - 4.31 (m, 1H), 4.22 (t, 7 = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.18-4.01 (m, 2H), 3.97 - 3.82 (m, 2H), 3.72 - 3.65 (m ,1H), (qd, 7= 10.5, 4.9 Hz, 2H), 3.41 - 3.34 (m, 2H), 1.50 (pent, 7= 7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.37 - 1.20 (m, 30H), 0.92 - 0.86 (m, 3H). MS m / z = 786.92 [M-l], 1572.67 [2(M-1)] Intermediate 2-1: (A)-(2-([l,l'-biphenyl]-4-ylmethoxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propoxy) (tert-butyl)dimethylsilane

[0270] A solution of (A)-l-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-ol (159 mg, 347 pmol) (Bartolmas, T.; Heyn, T.; Mickeleit, M.; Fischer, A.; Reutter, W.; Danker, K. 7 Med. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Chem. 2005, 48, 6750) in tetrahydrofuran (2.0 mL) was added via cannula to a vigorously stirred mixture of sodium hydride (60% wt dispersion in mineral oil, 46.6 mg, 1.22 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3.0 mL) at 0 °C. After 30 min, 4-(brom om ethyl)-l,l'-biphenyl (300 mg, 1.22 mmol) was added, and the resulting mixture was warmed to room temperature. After 21 h, saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (3.0 mL) and ethyl acetate (60 mL) were added sequentially. The organic layer was washed with a mixture of water and brine (2:1 v:v, 30 mL), was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, was filtered, and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 5% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give intermediate 2-1. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Acetonitrile-^) 8 7.73 - 7.60 (m, 4H), 7.53 - 7.42 (m, 4H), 7.42 - 7.35 (m, 1H), 4.71 (s, 2H), 3.80 - 3.65 (m, 2H), 3.64 - 3.47 (m, 3H), 3.47 - 3.39 (m, 2H), 1.62 - 1.46 (m, 2H), 1.42-1.17 (m, 30H), 0.97 - 0.83 (m, 12H), 0.09 (s, 6H). Intermediate 2-2: (A)-2-([l, l'-biphenyl]-4-ylmethoxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-l-ol

[0271] Tetrabutylammonium fluoride solution (1.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 756 pL, 760 pmol) was added via syringe to a stirred solution of intermediate 2-1 (200 mg, 320 pmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3.0 mL) at room temperature. After 85 min, saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (1.0 mL) and diethyl ether (30 mL) were added sequentially. The organic layer was washed with water (20 mL), was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, was filtered, and 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give intermediate 2-2. LCMS: 533.4 [M+Na]+. Intermediate 2-3: (A)-2-([l,l'-biphenyl]-4-ylmethoxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl bis(4- nitrophenyl) phosphate 2-2 2-3

[0272] Tri ethylamine (10.8 pL, 77.8 pmol) was added via syringe to a stirred mixture of intermediate 2-2 (33.1 mg, 64.8 pmol), 4-nitrophenyl phosphorodichloridate (19.9 mg, 77.8 pmol), and dichloromethane (3.0 mL) at 0 °C. After 60 min, the resulting mixture was warmed to room temperature. After 30 min, 4-nitrophenyl phosphorodichloridate (20.0 mg, 78.1 pmol) and triethylamine (20.0 pL, 143 pmol) were added sequentially. After 60 min, 4-nitrophenyl phosphorodichloridate (60.0 mg, 234 pmol) and tri ethylamine (50.0 pL, 359 pmol) were added sequentially. After 70 min, 4-nitrophenol (150 mg, 1.08 mmol) and tri ethylamine (200 pL, 1.43 mmol) were added sequentially. After 50 min, diethyl ether (60 mL) and aqueous citric acid solution (10% wt, 10 mL) were added sequentially. The organic layer was washed with water (50 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give intermediate 2-3. LCMS: 855.4 [M+Na]+. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Intermediate 2-4: (A)-2-([l,l'-biphenyl]-4-ylmethoxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl (((3a7?,4A,6A,6a7?)-6-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l- / |[l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-6-cyano-2,2-dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-d][l,3]dioxol-4-yl)methyl) (4-nitrophenyl) phosphate

[0273] A vigorously stirred mixture of intermediate 2-3 (190 mg, 228 pmol), intermediate 1-3 (75.6 mg, 228 pmol), magnesium chloride (217 mg, 2.28 mmol), and tetrahydrofuran (2.5 mL) was heated to 50 °C. After 5 min, A,A-diisopropylethylamine (397 pL, 2.28 mmol) was added over 1 min via syringe. After 60 min, the resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature, and a mixture of citric acid (726 mg), aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (2.0 M, 4 mL), and water (10 mL) was added. Ethyl acetate (60 mL) was added, and the organic layer was washed with a mixture of water and brine (2:1 v:v, 30 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 4.5% methanol in dichloromethane) to give intermediate 2-4. LCMS: 1025.5. Example 2: (R)-2-([l,l'-biphenyl]-4-ylmethoxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl (((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl) hydrogen phosphate 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 |0274] Aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (2.0 M, 276 pL, 552 pmol) was added via syringe to a vigorously stirred solution of intermediate 2-4 (162 mg, 158 pmol) in tetrahydrofuran (1.8 mL) at room temperature, and the resulting mixture was heated to 50 °C. After 60 min, aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (2.0 M, 150 pL, 300 pmol) was added via syringe. After 150 min, the resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature. Aqueous hydrogen chloride solution (2.0 M, 400 pL) and a mixture of citric acid (706 mg), aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (2.0 M, 3.67 mL), aqueous hydrogen chloride solution (2.0 M, 1.83 mL), water (5 mL), and brine (10 mL) were added sequentially. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 30 mL), and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, were filtered, and were concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (2.0 mL) and was stirred vigorously at room temperature. Concentrated hydrogen chloride (625 pL, 7.5 mmol) was added via syringe. After 165 min, a mixture of citric acid (706 mg), aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (2.0 M, 1.83 mL), water (15 mL), aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (6.0 M, 250 pL), and brine (10 mL) was added. The aqueous layer was extracted sequentially with a mixture of dichloromethane and ethyl acetate (2:5 v:v, 70 mL), ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL), and tetrahydrofuran (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, were filtered, and were concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (2-propanol / water) to give compound 2. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 ^NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-tZ6-methanol-tZ4) 5 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.48 - 7.28 (m, 5H), 6.91 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.68 -4.52 (m, 3H), 4.39 - 3.25 (m, 11H), 1.54 - 0.99 (m, 32H), 0.85 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H). LCMS: 864.0. Intermediate 3-1: (5)-2-(cyclohexylmethoxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-l-ol

[0275] A vigorously stirred mixture of (5)-3-(octadecyloxy)propane-l,2-diol (250 mg, 726 pmol), cyclohexanecarbaldehyde (92.3 pL, 762 pmol), 4-methylbenzenesulfonic acid monohydrate (13.8 mg, 72.6 pmol), anhydrous magnesium sulfate (162 mg, 1.34 mmol), and di chloromethane (3.0 mL) was heated to 60 °C. After 80 min, the resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature, and potassium carbonate (101 mg, 726 pmol) was added. After 10 min, the resulting mixture was filtered through celite, and the filter cake was extracted with dichloromethane (8 mL). The combined filtrates were stirred and were cooled to -40 °C. Diisobutylaluminum hydride solution (1.0 M in toluene, 5.80 mL, 5.8 mmol) was added via syringe, and the resulting mixture was warmed to -10 °C over 145 min. The resulting mixture was warmed to room temperature. After 22 h, methanol (2.0 mL) was added slowly via syringe. Water (50 mL) and aqueous hydrogen chloride solution (2.0 M, 20 mL) were added sequentially, and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 60 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give intermediate 3-1. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Example 3: ((2A’,35,4A>,5A>)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l: / ][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((7?)-2-(cyclohexylmethoxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate

[0276] Compound 3 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 2 using (5)-2-(cyclohexylmethoxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-l-ol instead of (5)-2-([l,l'-biphenyl]-4-ylmethoxy)-3 -(octadecyloxy)propan-1 -ol. XHNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-tZ6-methanol-tZ4) 5 7.94 (s, 1H), 6.93 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (d, J = 4.9 Hz, 1H), 4.31 - 3.06 (m, 13H), 1.72- 1.00 (m, 43H), 0.86 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, DMSO-t / 6) 5-1.13 (s, IP). LCMS: 794.1. Intermediate 4-1: (5)-2-(cyclohexylmethoxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-l-ol

[0277] Intermediate 4-1 was synthesized in a manner similar to Intermediate 2-4 using 2- (bromomethyl)naphthalene instead of 4-(bromomethyl)-l,l'-biphenyl. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Example 4: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-(naphthalen-2-ylmethoxy)-3- (octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (4)

[0278] Aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (2.0 M, 800 pL, 1.6 mmol) was added via syringe to a vigorously stirred solution of intermediate 4-1 (250 mg, 250 pmol) in tetrahydrofuran (1.8 mL) at room temperature, and the resulting mixture was heated to 56 °C. After 186 min, the resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature. Aqueous hydrogen chloride solution (2.0 M, 800 pL) and a mixture of citric acid (706 mg), aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (2.0 M, 1.83 mL), water (5 mL), and brine (10 mL) were added sequentially. The aqueous layer was extracted with 2-methyltetrahydrofuran (2 x 30 mL), and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, were filtered, and were concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (1.2 mL) and was stirred vigorously at room temperature. Concentrated hydrogen chloride (250 pL, 3.0 mmol) was added via syringe. After 165 min, tri ethylamine (600 pL) was added via syringe, and the resulting mixture was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (2-propanol / water) to give compound 4 as a triethylammonium salt. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-tL) 5 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.84 - 7.75 (m, 4H), 7.52 - 7.40 (m, 3H), 7.00 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.86 - 4.71 (m, 3H), 4.35 (t, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.23 - 4.11 (m, 1H), 4.07 (dt, J = 11.4, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (hept, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.83 - 3.75 (m, 1H), 3.52 (qd, J = 10.7, 5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 3.22 (q, J = 7.3 Hz, 6H), 1.60 - 1.18 (m, 41H), 0.97 - 0.86 (m, 3H). LCMS: 838.1. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Intermediate 5-1: (R)-3-(hexadecyl oxy)-2-hydroxypropyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate 1-hexadecanol,

[0279] (7?)-oxiran-2-ylmethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (507 mg, 2.22 mmol) and 1-hexadecanol (547 mg, 2.26 mmol) were dissolved in DCM (10 mL) and treated with several drops trifluoroborane etherate. The resulting solution was stirred for 18 hours at which point solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resultant residue precipitated from hexanes to afford intermediate 5-1. XHNMR (400 MHz, Chloroforms / ) 5. 7.83 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.21 -3.90 (m, 2H), 3.55 - 3.26 (m, 3H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 1.53 (s, 3H), 1.28 (s, 28H), 0.90 (t, J= 6.6 Hz, 3H). MSm / z = 471.0 Intermediate 5-2: (R)-2-(benzyloxy)-3-(hexadecyloxy)propyl 4-methylbenzene sulfonate NH Ph^O^CCI3,                    Ph OH          TfOH, dioxane                            O

[0280] Intermediate 5-1 (216 mg, 0.459 mmol) was dissolved in dioxane (4 mL) and treated with benzyl 2,2,2-trichloroethanimidate (0.175 mL, 0.942 mmol) followed by several drops of trifluoromethane sulfonic acid. The reaction mixture was stirred for 90 minutes at which point additional benzyl 2,2,2-trichloroethanimidate (0.1 mL, 0.538 mol) and several drops of trifluoromethane sulfonic acid were added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 18 hours at 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 which point additional benzyl 2,2,2-trichloroethanimidate (0.2 mL, 1.08 mmol) and several drops of trifluoromethane sulfonic acid were added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 90 minutes at which point the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed sequentially with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and water, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure. Intermediate 5-2 was isolated from the resultant residue by silica gel column chromatography (0-20% EtOAc:hexanes eluent ramp). 'H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-7) 5. 7.81 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.45 - 7.24 (m, 7H), 4.22 (dd, J = 10.4, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 4.11 (dd, J= 10.4, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 3.78 (qd,7=5.5, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.48 (dd, J= 5.3, 4.1 Hz, 2H), 3.38 (t, J= 6.7 Hz, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 1.51 (t, J= 6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.29 (s, 28H), 0.91 (t, 7= 6.7 Hz, 3H). Intermediate 5-3: (S)-2-(benzyloxy)-3-(hexadecyloxy)propan-l-ol

[0281] Intermediate 5-2 (257 mg, 0.458 mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (10 mL) and treated with sodium nitrite (976 mg, 14.1 mmol) then heated to 40 °C for 18 hours at which point the reaction mixture was diluted with water, extracted to dicloromethane, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated under reduced pressure. Intermediate 5-3 was isolated from the resultant residue by silica gel column chromatography (0-25% EtOAc:hexanes eluent ramp). XHNMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-7) 5. 7.47 - 7.22 (m, 5H), 4.74 (d, 7= 11.8 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (d, 7 = 11.8 Hz, 1H), 3.78 (q, 7= 6.2 Hz, 1H), 3.69 (dq, 7= 6.4, 4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.62 (dd, 7= 10.0, 4.7 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Hz, 1H), 3.56 (dd, J= 10.0, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.46 (td, J= 6.7, 1.6 Hz, 2H), 2.22 (d, J= 20.1 Hz, 1H), 1.59 (p, J= 6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.28 (s, 28H), 0.94 - 0.87 (m, 3H). MS m / z = 406.9 Intermediate 5-4: (R)-2-(benzyloxy)-3-(hexadecyloxy)propyl bis(4-nitrophenyl) phosphate

[0282] Intermediate 5-3 (21.0 mg, 0.0516 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (2 mL) and treated with triethylamine (0.0300 mL, 0.215 mmol) and 4-nitrophenyl dichlorophosphate (46.0 mg, 0.180 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at which point additional triethylamine (0.0500 mL, 0.359 mmol) and 4-nitrophenyl dichlorophosphate (100 mg, 0.391 mmol) were added and stirring continued for 1 hour. Triethylamine (0.100 mL, 0.717 mmol) and 4-nitrophenol (160 mg, 1.15 mmol) were subsequently added and stirring continued for 20 minutes at which point the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and filtered to remove solids and the filtrate evaporated under reduced pressure. Intermediate 5-4 was isolated from the resultant residue by silica gel column chromatography (0-20% EtOAc:hexanes eluent ramp). XHNMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-; / ) 5. 8.26 - 8.10 (m, 4H), 7.45 - 7.21 (m, 9H), 4.68 (d, J= 11.5 Hz, 1H), 4.64 - 4.53 (m, 2H), 4.45 (ddd, J= 10.8, 8.4, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (ddt, J= 5.0, 3.3, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 3.60 (dd, J= 10.1, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 3.54 (dd, J= 10.1, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 3.44 (t, J= 6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.56 (t, J= 7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.27 (d, J= 2.9 Hz, 28H), 0.90 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, Chloroform-; / ) 5.13.36 (t, J= 7.9 Hz). 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Intermediate 5-5: ((3aR,4R,6R,6aR)-6-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-6-cyano-2,2- dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-d][l,3]dioxol-4-yl)methyl ((R)-2-(benzyloxy)-3- (hexadecyloxy)propyl) (4-nitrophenyl) phosphate MgCI2, DIEA, THE

[0283] Intermediate 5-4 (39.0 mg, 0.0545 mmol) and intermediate 1-3 (19.5 mg, 0.0589 mmol) were dissolved in THF (2 mL) and treated with magnesium chloride (28.0 mg, 0.294 mmol). The resultant solution was stirred at 50 °C for 15 minutes at which point N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.0500 mL, 0.287 mmol) was added and stirring continued at 50 °C for an additional 2 hours. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and intermediate 5-5 isolated from the resulting residue by silica gel column chromatography (0-5% MeOH:DCM eluent ramp). 'H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroforms / ) 5. 8.00 - 7.81 (m, 3H), 7.37 - 7.26 (m, 5H), 7.19 (dd, J= 15.2, 9.0 Hz, 2H), 6.99 (dd, J= 7.6, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (t, J= 4.9 Hz, 1H), 5.77 (s, 2H), 5.46 (dd, J= 15.5, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.94 (ddd, J= 11.3, 6.9, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 4.72-4.30 (m, 6H), 4.31-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.86 - 3.72 (m, 1H), 3.61 - 3.45 (m, 2H), 3.42 (t, J= 6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.77 (s, 3H), 1.55 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 1.40 (d, J= 3.8 Hz, 3H), 1.27 (s, 28H), 0.90 (t, J= 6.7 Hz, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, Chloroform-tZ) 5.7.24 (q, J= 7.2 Hz), -7.60 (q, J= 7.4 Hz). MSm / z= 921.6 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Example 5: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-(benzyloxy)-3-(hexadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (5) NaOH(aq), THF then HCI(conc) Ph

[0284] Intermediate 5-5 (13.0 mg, 0.0141 mmol) was dissolved in THF (1 mL THF), treated with a 2 M aqueous solution of NaOH (0.075 mL, 0.15 mmol), and heated to 50 °C. The reaction solution was stirred for 2 hours at which point the reaction flask was placed in an ice bath and acidified with concentrated aqueous HC1. The reaction solution was warmed to room temperature and stirred 18 hours at which point tri ethylamine was titrated in until a yellow tint persisted at which point solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was taken up in 4:1 MeOH:dioxane and compound 5 was isolated as a triethylammonium salt by preparative HPLC (60-100% water: z-PrOH eluent ramp). 'H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroforms / ) 5. 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.35 - 7.19 (m, 5H), 6.90 (d, J= 4.5 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J= 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.65 - 4.51 (m, 3H), 3.95 (dd, J= 6.4, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (s, 2H), 3.64 (dd, J = 5.8, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.49 - 3.26 (m, 6H), 3.17 - 3.04 (m, 7H), 1.45 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.31 - 1.14 (m, 34H), 0.89-0.81 (m, 3H). MS zw / z = 760.2 Example 6: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-(benzyloxy)-3-(heptadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Ph

[0285] Compound 6 was synthesized as a triethyl ammonium salt in a manner similar to compound 5 using 1-heptadecanol in place of 1-hexadecanol. XHNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-t / 6) 8 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.35 - 7.18 (m, 5H), 6.90 (d, J= 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J= 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.57 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.18 - 3.12 (m, 13H), 3.09 (q, J= 7.3 Hz, 6H), 1.45 (p, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 1.32-1.13 (m, 37H), 0.85 (t, J= 6.6 Hz, 3H). MSm / z= 774.0. Example 7: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-(benzyloxy)-3-(nonadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (7) Ph

[0286] Compound 7 was synthesized as a triethylammonium salt in a manner similar to compound 5 using 1-nonadecanol in place of 1-hexadecanol. XHNMR (400 MHz, Chloroforms / ) 6. 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.36 - 7.20 (m, 5H), 6.90 (d, J= 4.5 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J= 4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.64 - 4.50 (m, 3H), 3.94 (dd, J= 6.5, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (q, J= 5.9 Hz, 1H), 3.72 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.67 - 3.59 (m, 1H), 3.49 - 3.28 (m, 8H), 3.16-3.02 (m, 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 5H), 1.44 (q, 7= 6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.23 (d, 7= 5.8 Hz, 32H), 1.17 (t, 7= 7.3 Hz, 9H), 0.89-0.81 (m, 3H). MSm / z = 802.2 Example 8: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-(benzyloxy)-3-(icosyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate Ph

[0287] Compound 8 was synthesized as a triethylammonium salt in a manner similar to compound 5 using 1-icosanol in place of 1-hexadecanol. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-7) 5. 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.35 - 7.18 (m, 5H), 6.90 (d, 7= 4.5 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, 7= 4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.64 - 4.51 (m, 3H), 4.15 (t, 7= 5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (dd, 7= 6.5, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (d, 7= 5.7 Hz, 1H), 3.74 (d, 7= 6.1 Hz, 2H), 3.66 - 3.27 (m, 7H), 3.13 (td, 7 = 3.2, 1.6 Hz, 2H), 3.08 (t,7=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.31 - 1.14 (m, 45H), 0.89-0.81 (m, 3H). MSm / z= 816.2 Intermediate 9-1: (S)-3-(Octadecyloxy)propane-l,2-diol [1-O-Octadecyl-sn-glycerol] (1)KOH,C6H6, reflux (2) HCI ,MeOH, reflux OH 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0288] A mixture of (R)-(-)-2,2- dimethyl-l,3-dioxolane-4-methanol (6.68 g, 50.6 mmol), powdered potassium hydroxide (10 g, 178 mmol) and 1-bromooctadecane (16.9 g, 50.6 mmol) in benzene (100 mL) were stirred under reflux for 15 hours, while removing the water formed by azeotropic distillation. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature, filtered, then the volume of the solvent was reduced to half. Water (100 mL) was added and the mixture was then extracted with diethyl ether (3X 100 mL), the combined organic phase was combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the solvent was then removed under reduced pressure to give intermediate. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 4.29 (p, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (dd, J = 8.3, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (dd, J = 8.2, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.60-3.37 (m, 4H), 1.58 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.45 (s, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.27 (s, 30H), 0.90 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H).

[0289] To a solution of above crude intermediate (5 g, 13 mmol) in methanol (80 mL), 2 M HC1 solution (13 mL, 26 mmol) was added and the solution was heated to reflux for 4 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was poured into water, the organic layers were extracted with ether, dried over Na2SO4 and the solvents were removed under vacuum to give small volume, the product was precipitated from hexanes, yielding intermediate 9-1. XHNMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 3.93 - 3.84 (m, 1H), 3.79 - 3.64 (m, 2H), 3.61 - 3.42 (m, 4H), 1.59 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 1.28 (s, 30H), 0.96 - 0.84 (m, 3H). Intermediate 9-2: l-O-Octadecyl-3-O-tert-butyldimethylsilyl-sn-glycerol

[0290] To a solution of (S)-3-(Octadecyloxy) propane-1,2-diol (3 g, 8.71 mmol) and imidazole (120 mg, 0.75 mmol) in a mixture of pyridine (45 mL), CH2CI2 (5 mL) and DMF (5 mL) was 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 added tert-butylchlorodimethylsilane (1.44 g, 9.58 mmol) at 0 °C. After being stirred at room temperature for 5 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL), then extracted with CH2Q2, and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (0-30 % EtOAc in hexanes), giving the product. XHNMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 3.93 - 3.77 (m, 1H), 3.73 - 3.60 (m, 2H), 3.53 - 3.38 (m, 4H), 1.72- 1.48 (m, 2H), 1.27 (s, 30H), 1.01-0.83 (m, 12H), 0.11 (d, J = 11.7 Hz, 6H). Intermediate 9-3: (R)-4-(((l-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)methyl)benzonitrile CN

[0291] NaH (60% oil dispersion, 143 mg, 3.74 mmol) was suspended in THF (8 ml) and cooled to 0 C. A solution of l-O-Octadecyl-3-O-tert-butyldimethylsilyl-sn-glycerol (350 mg, 0.763 mmol) in THF (3 ml) was added over 30 seconds. After 30 min at 0°C a solution of 4-(bromomethyl) benzonitrile (493 mg, 2.52 mmol) in THF (3 ml) was added. The mixture was stirred for 16h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with water (15 ml). The mixture was extracted with EtOAC. The combined organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (0-30 % EtOAc in hexanes), giving the product. XHNMR (400 MHz, Chloroforms / ) 5 7.77 - 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.58 - 7.42 (m, 2H), 4.79 (s, 1H), 4.50 (m, 2H), 3.86 - 3.34 (m, 6 H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 1.27 (m, 30H), 0.91 (m, 12H), 0.07 (s, 6H). 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Intermediate 9-4: (S)-4-(((l-hydroxy-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)methyl)benzonitrile CN TBAF, THF, 1 h, rt CN

[0292] To a solution of silyl protected compound 9-3 (480 mg, 0.836 mmol) in THF (3.6 mL) at 0 °C, 1 M TBAF in THF (1 mL, 1 mmol) was added and stirred for 1 h. It was diluted with water (3 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2x10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (2x5 mL), brine dried (Na2SO4), evaporated and the residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, 0-60% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give the product. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 7.81 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (q, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 4.81 - 4.62 (m, 3H), 3.60 - 3.39 (m, 6H), 1.46 (q, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.23 (m, 30H), 0.95 - 0.72 (m, 3H). Intermediate 9-5: tert-butyl (7-((3aR,4R,6R,6aR)-6-((((2-chlorophenoxy)((R)-2-((4- cyanobenzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propoxy)phosphoryl)oxy)methyl)-4-cyano-2,2- dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-d] [ 1,3 ]dioxol-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1 -f] [ 1,2,4]triazin-4-yl)carbamate 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0293] To a solution of 1,2,4-trizole (43 mg, 0.62 mmol) and triethylamine (87 uL, 0.62 mmol) in anhydrous THF (0.4 mL) was added a solution of 2-chlorophenyl dichlorophosphate (76 mg, 0.3 Immol) in THF (0.4 mL). The mixture was stirred for 30 min. and then filtered. To the filtrate were added sequentially, additional THF (1.2 mL), the nucleoside (100 mg, 0.232 mmol), and 1-methylimidazole (26 mg, 0.31 mmol). After 1 h, (S)-4-((( 1 -hydroxy-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)methyl)benzonitrile (107 mg, 0.232 mmol) was added to the mixture and stirred overnight at room temperature. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (0-15% MeOH in CH2Q2) to afford a compound (136 mg, 55%). XHNMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-; / ) 5 8.35 - 8.10 (m, 1H), 7.65 (d, 2H), 7.58 (m, 1H), 7.49 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.46 - 7.31 (m, 2H), 7.23 - 7.00 (m, 3H), 5.53 - 5.23 (m, 1H), 5.06-4.10 (m, 6H), 3.91 - 3.26 (m, 5H), 1.77 (m, 2H), 1.59 (s, 6H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 1.27 (s, 30H), 0.89 (t, J= 6.7 Hz, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 -6.94 (m). Example 9: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((4-cyanobenzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (9)

[0294] The above intermediate (130 mg, 0.122 mmol) was dissolved in THF (2.5 mL) and 0.5 N NaOH (0.9 mL, 3.6 eq ) was added. The mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 4 h. The reaction 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 progress was monitored by TLC. After consumption of intermediate, the mixture was neutralized with 1 N HC1 at 0 C. The mixture was diluted with a pH 3 buffer solution and brine, and extracted twice with a mixture of DCM and MeOH. The combined organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated to give a residue.

[0295] The residue was dissolved in THF (0.6 mL). The resulting solution was cooled in an ice bath. Concentrated aqueous HC1 (0.12 mL) was added. The cold bath was removed the reaction was stirred vigorously for 3 h. The mixture was neutralized with Na2CO3, diluted with MeOH, and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated to give a residue which was purified by prep-HPLC (Gemini column, 50-100% isopropanol in H2O) to give compound 9. XHNMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) 8 8.07-8.21 (d, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J= 8.2, 1.7 Hz, 2H), 7.53 (dd, J= 10.5, 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (dd, 7=7.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (dd, J= 14.6, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.85-4.65 (m, 3H), 4.44 - 4.31 (m, 1H), 4.29 - 4.18 (m, 2H), 4.18 - 3.86 (m, 4H), 3.85 -3.37 (m, 5H), 1.62 (s, 4H), 1.59 - 1.48 (m, 2H), 1.42 - 1.20 (m, 30H), 0.92 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, Methanol-^) 6 0.16. Example 10: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((4-methoxybenzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (10) 10 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0296] Compound 10 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 9 using 4-methoxybenzyl bromide instead of 4-cyanobenzyl bromide. XHNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-t / 6) 8 7.93 (m, 2H, 1 proton D2O exchangeable), 7.26 - 7.18 (m, 2H), 6.90 (d, J= 4.5 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (m, 3H), 6.34 (d, J= 6.1 Hz, 1H, D2O exchangeable), 4.64 (t, J= 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.55 - 4.41 (m, 2H), 4.30 - 4.05 (m, 2H), 4.06 - 3.78 (m, 5H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.70 - 3.59 (m, 1H), 1.43 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 1.22 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, 30H), 0.93 - 0.78 (m, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, DMSO-t / 6) 5-1.09. Example 11: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-3-(octadecyloxy)-2-((4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)oxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (11) HO OH

[0297] Compound 11 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 9 using 4-trifluoromethylbenzyl bromide instead of 4-cyanobenzyl bromide. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-t / 6) 5 7.92 (m, 3H, 2 proton D2O exchangeable), 7.66 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 6.90 (d, J= 4.5 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J= 4.5 Hz, 1H), 6.35 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, 1H, D2O exchangeable), 4.75 - 4.59 (m, 3H), 4.17 (m, 2H), 3.94 (m, 4H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.44 (m, 4H), 1.42 (m, 2H), 1.21 (m, 30H), 0.93 - 0.79 (m, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, DMSO-t / 6) 5-1.10 (m). 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Intermediate 12-1: (R)-2-(benzyloxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl (2-chlorophenyl) phosphate tri ethyl ammonium

[0298] 2-chlorophenyl phosphorodichloridate (2.2 g, 8.97 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (30 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. To this solution was added 1,2,4-triazole (1.33 g, 19.3 mmol), followed by TEA (2.69 mL, 19.3 mmol) slowly. The cold bath was removed and stirred at room temperature for 45 min. To stirred mixture was added a solution of (S)-2-(benzyloxy)-3-(octadecyloxy) propan-l-ol (3.9 g, 8.97 mmol) in pyridine (40 mL) slowly and stirred for 4 h at room temperature. To the mixture was added TEA (2.69 mL) followed by water (1.5 mL), stirred for 25 min and then added sat. NaHCOs (20 mL) stirred for additional 10 min. Diluted with more sat. NaHCOs and then extracted with DCM (2 x 100 mL). Combined organic layers were washed with 1:1:1 mixture of water, brine and sat. NaHCOs (180 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, concentrated, co-evaporated with Toluene (50 ml x 2), and dried under high vacuum. The crude product was dissolved in 5% MeOH / DCM, loaded on 220 g gold column, eluted with 0-40% MeOH, product elute at 20 % MeOH / DCM, as two broad peaks (peaks streak long), pure fractions (checked by TLC / LCMS) combined and concentrated to afford intermediate 12-1. MS m / z = 625.4 [M+l] 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-76) 8 9.90 (s, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J= 8.4, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.39 - 7.22 (m, 6H), 7.15 (td, J= 8.3, 7.8, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (td,7=7.7, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (d, 7= 2.4 Hz, 2H), 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 4.17 - 4.05 (m, 1H), 3.89 - 3.74 (m, 2H), 3.69 - 3.59 (m, 1H), 3.47 - 3.26 (m, 6H), 3.04 (qd, J= 7.2, 4.5 Hz, 5H), 1.43 (q, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H), 1.23 (d, J= 2.6 Hz, 32H), 1.16 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 9H), 0.90-0.81 (m, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, DMSO-t / 6) 8 -5.82. Intermediate 12-2: ((3aR,4R,6R,6aR)-6-(4-aminopyrrolo[2, l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-6-cyano- 2,2-dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-d][l,3]dioxol-4-yl)methyl ((R)-2-(benzyloxy)-3- (octadecyloxy)propyl) (2-chlorophenyl) phosphate

[0299] Intermediate 12-1 (3.0 g, 9.05 mmol) was dissolved in pyridine (80 mL). To this solution was added l-(Mesitylene-2-sulfonyl)-3-nitro-l,2,4-triazole (4.02 g, 13.6 mmol), followed by intermediate 1-3 (3.0 g, 9.05 mmol). To this solution was added NMI (1.12 mL, 13.6 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The reaction was cooled in an ice bath and quenched by slow addition of a saturated aqueous NaHCOs solution. The aqueous layer was diluted with a 1:1:1: mixture of water, a saturated aqueous NaHCOs solution and brine. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2 x 400 mL) and the combined organics were dried over Na2SO4, which was removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated and intermediate 12-2 was isolated by silica gel column chromatography (220 g, Combi flash HP Gold Column, eluent ramp from 0-100% EtOAc / hexanes). MS m / z = 938.3 [M+l] 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Intermediate 12-3: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-(benzyloxy)-3-(octadecyloxy )propyl) (2-chlorophenyl) phosphate.

[0300] Intermediate 12-2 (0.5 g, 0.533 mmol) was dissolved in THF (20 mL). To this solution was added concentrated HC1 (3.32 mL, 50.6 mmol) drop wise at 0 °C. The reaction was warmed and stirred at room temperature over 4 h. Upon completion the reaction was concentrated, and the residue was co-evaporated with THF (2 x 30 mL) and DCM (2 x 30 mL). The resulting residue was taken up in DCM and intermediate 12-3 was isolated by silica gel column chromatography (40g Combi flash HP Gold Column, eluent ramp from 0-40% MeOH / DCM). MS m / z = 898.4 [M+l] Intermediate 12-4: (2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-2-(((((R)-2-(benzyloxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propoxy)(2-chlorophenoxy)phosphoryl)oxy)methyl)-5-cyano-4-hydroxytetrahy drofuran-3 -yl i sobutyrate. Intermediate 13-4: (2R,3R,4R,5R)-2-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-(((((R)-2-(benzyloxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propoxy)(2-chlorophenoxy)phosphoryl)oxy)methyl)-2-cyanotetrahy drofuran-3,4-diyl bis(2-methylpropanoate). 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0301] To a mixture of intermediate 12-3 (0.5 g, 0.557 mmol), 2-methylpropanoic acid (98.1 mg, 1.11 mmol), and EDCI (0.427 mg, 2.23 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added DMAP (0.272 mg, 2.23 mmol) in one portion. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.2 h. The reaction was diluted with DCM and washed with water, followed by saturated ammonium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated and dried under high vacuum. The obtained crude residue contains intermediate 12-4 and intermediate 13-4 conformed by LCMS and used for next step. Intermediate 12-4: MS m / z = 968.5 [M+l] Intermediate 13-4: MS m / z = 1038.7 [M+l] Example 12: (2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-2-(((((R)-2-(benzyloxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propoxy)(hydroxy)phosphoryl)oxy)methyl)-5-cyano-4-hydroxytetrahydrofuran-3-yl isobutyrate (12) Example 13: (2R,3R,4R,5R)-2-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-(((((R)-2-(benzyloxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propoxy)(hydroxy)phosphoryl)oxy)methyl)-2-cyanotetrahydrofuran-3,4-diyl bis(2-methylpropanoate) (13) 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0302] The crude mixture of intermediate 12-4 and intermediate 13-4 (0.5 g, 0.451 mmol) was dissolved in THF (10.2 mL) and added pyridine (1.25 mL) followed by water (1.25 mL). To the resulting clear homogenous solution was added a 1 M solution of TBAF in THF (1.8 mL, 0.43 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature over 3 h. Upon completion of the reaction conformed by LCMS, the reaction was cooled in an ice bath and quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO, solution (5 mL). The reaction concentrated to remove most of volatiles and partitioned between DCM and water. To the stirred solution was added 2 N HC1 dropwise to adjust pH -3 and extracted with DCM (2 x 100 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (pH of which was adjusted to 8 with saturated aqueous NaHCOs solution) once and dried over Na2SO4, which was removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated, and the crude product dissolved in mixture of MeOH / Dioxane / water (-6:1:0.1 mL), sonicated to complete dissolution, filtered and purified by preparative HPLC (Gemini, 10 uM, NX-C18, 110 A 250 x 30 mm column, 60-100% 16 min, acetonitrile / water, and 100% acetonitrile 16 min gradient) to afford compound 12 and 13. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Compound 12 MS m / z = 858.5 [M+l] XHNMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-7) 5 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.28 (s, 5H), 6.94 (d, J= 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.64 (d, J= 4.7 Hz, 1H), 6.27 (d, J= 5.9 Hz, 1H), 5.61 (s, 2H), 5.53 (dd, J= 5.9, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (q, 7=4.1 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (qd, J= 12.3,4.1 Hz, 2H), 4.28 - 4.03 (m, 1H), 4.02 - 3.84 (m, 1H), 3.87 - 3.59 (m, 2H), 3.58 - 3.22 (m, 1H), 2.80 - 2.48 (m, 3H), 1.48 (d, J= 32.7 Hz, 2H), 1.39 - 1.04 (m, 38H), 0.93 (dt, J= 23.4, 7.1 Hz, 3H). Compound 13 MS m / z = 928.5 [M+l] ^NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-7) 5 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.34 - 7.17 (m, 5H), 6.92 (s, 2H), 6.90 (d, J = 4.8 Hz,lH), 6.68 (d, J= 4.7 Hz, 1H), 6.23 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, 1H), 5.46 (dd, J= 6.0, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (t, J= 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.72 - 4.49 (m, 2H), 4.30 (qd, J= 10.9, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (ddd, J= 11.9, 7.8, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (dq, J= 12.9, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (td, J= 8.7, 8.1, 3.2 Hz, 2H), 3.65 (dt, J= 11.6, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.57-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.742.58 (m, 2H), 1.53 - 1.35 (m, 3H), 1.32 - 1.21 (m, 36H), 1.21 - 1.15 (m, 7H), 0.90 (t, J= 6.7 Hz, 3H). Intermediate 14-0: (2R)-l-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-3-octadecoxy-propan-2-ol OH / L / OH TBSCI, Imidazole DCM, 0°C OH / OTBS

[0303] A solution of Z-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (350 mg, 2.32 mmol) in di chloromethane (2 mL) was added to a solution of (2S)-3-octadecoxypropane-l,2-diol (500mg, 1.45 mmol) and 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 imidazole (198 mg, 2.90 mmol) in di chloromethane (5 mL) at 0 °C over a period of 1 min. After 2 h the ice bath was removed. After 3 h, the reaction was washed with water (5 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with di chloromethane (10 mL). The combined organic phases were dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was subjected to flash chromatography (0-30% ethyl acetate / hexanes). The fractions containing product were combined and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure, providing intermediate 14-0. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 3.83 (p, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 3.74 - 3.62 (m, 2H), 3.50 - 3.42 (m, 4H), 1.58 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.27 (m, 30H), 0.91 (m, 12H), 0.09 (s, 6H). Intermediate 14-1: tert-butyl-[(2R)-2-[(3,4-difluorophenyl)methoxy]-3-octadecoxy-propoxy]- dimethyl-silane F 14-1

[0304] Sodium hydride 60 % dispersion in mineral oil (53.4 mg, 1.39 mmol) was suspended in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. A solution of the 14-0 (320 mg, 0.697 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) was added over 30 seconds. After 30 minutes a solution of 4- (bromomethyl)-1,2-difluoro-benzene (178 uL, 1.39 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) was added. The ice bath was removed. After 16 h the reaction was judged to be complete by TLC (15% ethyl acetate / hexanes). The reaction was quenched with water (10 mL) at 0 °C. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x10 mL). The combined organic phases were dried over 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was subjected to flash chromatography (0-20% ethyl acetate / hexanes, using ELSD detection). The fractions containing product were combined and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure, providing intermediate 14-1. XHNMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 7.25 (dd, J = 7.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.18 - 7.03 (m, 2H), 4.67 (s, 2H), 3.71 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.63 (p, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.56 (dd, J = 10.3, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 3.50 (dd, J = 10.3, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 3.45 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.58 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.27 (s, 30H), 0.91 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 12H), 0.08 (s, 6H). 19F NMR (376 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 -138.62 - -138.83 (m), -140.54 - -140.77 (m). Intermediate 14-2: (2S)-2-[(3,4-difluorophenyl)methoxy ] -3-octadecoxy-propan-1 -ol 14-1                                                      14-2

[0305] A solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride in tetrahydrofuran (0.995 mL, 0.995 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate 14-1 (194 mg, 0.332 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). After 45 minutes the reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL). The organic phase was washed with water (3x5 mL) and brine (5 ml). The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was subjected to flash chromatography (0-20% ethyl acetate / hexanes, using ELSD). The fractions containing product were combined and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure, providing intermediate 142. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Intermediate 14-3: [(2R)-2-[(3,4-difluorophenyl)methoxy]-3-octadecoxy-propyl] bis(4- nitrophenyl) phosphate

[0306] A solution of intermediate 14-2 (143 mg, 0.304 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was added to a solution of 4-nitrophenyl phosphorodichloridate (93.5 mg, 0.365 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) at 0 °C. Triethylamine (106 uL, 0.761 mmol) was added. After 5 minutes the bath was removed. After 2 hours 4-nitrophenol (59.3 mg, 0.426 mmol) was added. After 1 hour the reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and washed with water (2x5 mL) and brine (5 mL). The residue was subjected to flash chromatography (0-50% ethyl acetate / hexanes). The fractions containing product were combined and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure, providing intermediate 14-3. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 8.30 - 8.19 (m, 4H), 8.13 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 0.41H), 7.46 -7.35 (m, 4H), 7.23-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.10 (dt, J = 10.1, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.04-6.95 (m, 1H), 4.63 -4.51 (m, 3H), 4.42 (m, 1H), 3.83 (m, 1H), 3.55 (m, 2H), 3.43 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 1.55 (q, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.26 (m, 30H), 0.89 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H). 19F NMR (376 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 -137.88 (ddd, J = 21.0, 11.1, 8.0 Hz), -139.15 - -139.37 (m). 31P NMR (162 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 -13.10 (t, J = 8.0 Hz). 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Intermediate 14-4: [(3aR,4R,6R,6aR)-4-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-4-cyano- 2,2-dimethyl-6,6a-dihydro-3aH-furo[3,4-d][l,3]dioxol-6-yl]methyl [(2R)-2-[(3,4- difluorophenyl)methoxy]-3-octadecoxy-propyl] (4-nitrophenyl) phosphate

[0307] Magnesium chloride (31.3 mg, 0.329 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate 143 (52.2 mg, 0.0658 mmol) and intermediate 1-3 (20.7 mg, 0.0625 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 15 minutes. The mixture was cooled briefly and / V,7V-diisopropylethylamine (0.057 mL, 0.329 mmol) was added. After 2 hours the reaction was quenched with water (5 mL) and brine (5 mL). The mixture was extracted with 2-methyltetrahydrofuran (3x10 mL). The combined organic phases were dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was subjected to flash chromatography (0-10 % methanol / di chloromethane). The fractions containing product were combined and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure, providing intermediate 14-4. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 8.01 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.91 - 7.85 (m, 2H), 7.31 - 7.18 (m, 3H), 7.17 - 7.00 (m, 3H), 6.98 (dd, J = 6.9, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (t, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 5.85 (m, 2H), 5.48 (dd, J = 9.2, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.95 (m, 1H), 4.65 - 4.55 (m, 3H), 4.52 (m, 1H), 4.48 - 4.42 (m, 1H), 4.42-4.31 (m, 1H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 3.83-3.71 (m, 1H), 3.50 (m, 2H), 3.42 (td, J = 6.7, 3.6 Hz, 2H), 1.76 (s, 3H), 1.54 (q, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.40 (d, J = 3.9 Hz, 3H), 1.37 - 1.20 (m, 30H), 0.95 - 0.86 (m, 3H). MS m / z [M+l] = 985.35 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 19F NMR (377 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 -137.94 - -138.19 (m), -139.46 - -139.82 (m). 31P NMR (162 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5-7.15 (p, J = 7.4 Hz), -7.51 (p, J = 7.4 Hz). Example 14: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((3,4-difluorobenzyl)oxy)-3- (octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (14)

[0308] A solution of sodium hydroxide (1 N, 0.14 mL, 0.14 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate 14-4 (34.4 mg, 0.0349 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) and heated at 50 °C. After 2 hours starting material remained. After 5 hours the reaction mixture was cooled and diluted with 2-methyltetrahydrofuran (10 mL) and hydrochloric acid (1 N, 0.3 mL, 0.3 mmol). The aqueous phase was extracted with 2-methyltetrahydrofuran (2x10 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with brine (10 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. The residue was subjected to flash chromatography (0 - 20 % methanol / di chloromethane). The fractions containing product were combined and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure, providing [(3aR,4R,6R,6aR)-4-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-4-cyano-2,2-dimethyl-6,6a-dihydro-3aH-furo[3,4-d][l,3]dioxol-6-yl]methyl [(2R)-2-[(3,4-difluorophenyl)methoxy]-3-octadecoxy-propyl] hydrogen phosphate. MS m / z [M+l] = 864.28 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0309] Concentrated hydrochloric acid (12 N, 0.30 mL, 3.69 mmol) was added to a solution of [(3aR,4R,6R,6aR)-4-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-4-cyano-2,2-dimethyl-6,6a-dihydro-3aH-furo[3,4-d][l,3]dioxol-6-yl]methyl [(2R)-2-[(3,4-difluorophenyl)methoxy]-3-octadecoxy-propyl] hydrogen phosphate (24.5 mg, 0.0295 mmol). After 2 hours tri ethylamine (0.51 mL, 3.69 mmol) was added. The minimum amount of methanol was added to the mixture to dissolve any solids. The solution was subjected to preparative HPLC (50 - 100 % isopropanol / water over 20 minutes). The fractions containing product were combined and the isopropanol was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in 1,4-di oxane (5 mL) and subjected to lyophilization. Repurification was required. The product was subjected to preparative HPLC (50 - 100 % isopropanol / water over 20 minutes). The fractions containing product were combined and the isopropanol was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) and subjected to lyophilization, providing compound 14. XHNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 12.13 - 12.04 (m, 0.15H), 8.12 - 7.67 (m, 3H), 7.42 - 7.24 (m, 2H), 7.18 - 7.10 (m, 1H), 6.94 - 6.74 (m, 2H), 6.27 - 6.20 (m, 1H), 5.92 - 5.83 (m, 1H), 4.67 - 4.48 (m, 3H), 4.24 - 4.10 (m, 1H), 4.03 - 3.89 (m, 1H), 3.89 - 3.77 (m, 1H), 3.72 (q, J = 4.9 Hz, 1H), 3.68 - 3.57 (m, 3H), 3.57 - 3.40 (m, 2H), 3.40 - 3.27* (m, 2H / 7H), 1.45 (p, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.22 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 30H), 0.90 - 0.81 (m, 3H). *Peak overlaps with water. 19F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 -139.77 (dddd, J = 33.5, 25.3, 11.7, 8.2 Hz), -141.80 (dddt, J = 37.3,23.1, 11.8, 4.8 Hz). 31P NMR (162 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 0.26 - -0.34 (m). MS m / z [M+l] = 824.18 Example 15: [(2A,35,4A,5A)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l- / |[l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxy-tetrahydrofuran-2-yl]methyl [(2A)-2-[(3,5-difluorophenyl)methoxy]-3-octadecoxy -propyl] hydrogen phosphate (15) 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 15

[0310] Compound 15 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 14 using 5-(bromomethyl)-l,3-difluoro-benzene instead of 4-(bromomethyl)-l,2-difluoro-benzene. XHNMR (400 MHz, Methanol-6 / 7) 5 7.87 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.96 - 6.91 (m, 2H), 6.89 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (tt, J = 9.2, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.72 - 4.55 (m, 2H), 4.44 - 4.36 (m, 1H), 4.27 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.25-4.14 (m, 1H), 4.14 - 4.04 (m, 1H), 3.97 - 3.84 (m, 2H), 3.77 - 3.66 (m, 2H), 3.59 - 3.43 (m, 2H), 3.43 - 3.37 (m, 2H), 1.59 - 1.48 (m, 2H), 1.40 - 1.21 (m, 30H), 0.91 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H). 19F NMR (377 MHz, Methanol-t / 4) 5 -112.53 (t, J = 8.3 Hz). 31P NMR (162 MHz, Methanol-t / 4) 5 -0.65. MSm / z[M+l] = 824.17 Example 16: [(2 / ?,35,4 / ?,5 / ?)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l- / |[l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxy-tetrahydrofuran-2-yl]methyl [(2 / ?)-2-[(3-cyano-5-fluoro-phenyl)methoxy]-3- octadecoxy-propyl] hydrogen phosphate (16) 16 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0311] Compound 16 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 14 using 5-(bromomethyl)-l-cyano-3-fluoro-benzene instead of 4-(bromomethyl)- 1,2-difluoro-benzene. XHNMR (400 MHz, Methanol-6 / 7) 5 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.44 (dd, J = 9.6, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J = 8.3, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.78 - 4.60 (m, 2H), 4.42 - 4.33 (m, 1H), 4.27 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.22 - 4.13 (m, 1H), 4.13-4.03 (m, 1H), 4.00-3.83 (m, 2H), 3.79-3.63 (m, 1.7H), 3.62-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.443.35 (m, 2H), 1.61-1.48 (m, 2H), 1.40 - 1.20 (m, 30H), 0.91 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H). 19F NMR (377 MHz, Methanol-t / 4) 5 -112.78 (t, J = 8.8 Hz). 31P NMR (162 MHz, Methanol-t / 4) 5 -0.47. MSm / z[M+l] = 831.21. Example 17: [(27?,35,47?,57?)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l- / |[l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxy-tetrahydrofuran-2-yl]methyl [(27?)-2-[(3-cyano-5-fluoro-phenyl)methoxy]-3-octadecoxy-propyl] hydrogen phosphate (17)

[0312] Compound 17 was synthesized in a manner similar to compounds using 4-(bromomethyl)-2-chloro-1 -fluoro-benzene instead of 4-(bromom ethyl)-1,2-difluoro-benzene. XHNMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) 5 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.44 (dd, J = 7.2, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.30 - 7.22 (m, 1H), 7.12 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.68-4.50 (m, 2H), 4.41 - 4.34 (m, 1H), 4.27 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.24-4.13 (m, 1H), 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 4.13 - 4.03 (m, 1H), 3.97 - 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.77 - 3.62 (m, 2H), 3.59 - 3.42 (m, 2H), 3.39 (td, J = 6.5, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 1.59 - 1.47 (m, 2H), 1.39 - 1.20 (m, 30H), 0.91 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H). 19F NMR (377 MHz, Methanol-d / ) 5 -120.49 (td, J = 8.4, 4.9 Hz). 31P NMR (162 MHz, Methanol-d / ) 5 -0.26. MSm / z[M+l] = 840.18 Intermediate 18-1: (5)-1-((tert-butyl dimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-ol OH 18-1 |0313] A solution of octadecan-l-ol (10.1 g, 37.4 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (30 mL) was added by cannula to a vigorously stirred mixture of sodium hydride (1.50 g, 39.1 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was equipped with a reflux condenser and heated to 80 °C. After 2 h, tert-butyl-dimethyl-[[(25)-oxiran-2-yl]methoxy]silane (4.70 g, 25.0 mmol) was added by syringe. After 17 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL), water (100 mL), and diethyl ether (200 mL) were added sequentially. The organic layer was extracted, was washed with water, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, was filtered, and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to yield intermediate 18-1. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Intermediate 18-2: [ (25)-2-benzyloxy-3-octadecoxy-propoxy]-tert-butyl-dimethyl-silane 18-2

[0314] A solution of intermediate 18-1 (300 mg, 650 pmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3.0 mL) was added by syringe to a vigorously stirred mixture of sodium hydride (50 mg, 1.3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (6.0 mL) at 0 °C. After 45 min, a solution of bromomethylbenzene (280 mg, 1.6 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3.0 mL) was added by syringe. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature. After 16 h, the reaction was cooled to 0 °C. Water (30 mL), ethyl acetate (50 mL), and brine (20 mL) were added sequentially. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 40 mL). The combined organic layers were rinsed with brine (30 mL), were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, were filtered, and were concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 20% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to yield intermediate 18-2. Intermediate 18-3: (2A)-2-benzyloxy-3-octadecoxy-propan-l-ol 18-2 18-3

[0315] Tetrabutylammonium fluoride solution (1.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 623 pL, 623 pmol) was added by syringe to a stirred solution of intermediate 18-2 (114 mg, 208 pmol) in 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 tetrahydrofuran (3.0 mL). After 45 min, ethyl acetate (10 mL) and water (10 mL) were added sequentially. The organic layer was washed with water (10 mL) and brine (5 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (0 to 20% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to yield intermediate 18-3. Intermediate 18-4: [ (25)-2-benzyloxy-3-octadecoxy-propyl] bis(4-nitrophenyl) phosphate 18-3                                   18-4

[0316] Intermediate 18-4 was prepared in a manner similar to intermediate 2-3, using intermediate 18-3 instead of intermediate 2-2. Intermediate 18-5: [(3a7?,4A,6A,6a7?)-4-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l- / |[l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-4-cyano-2,2-dimethyl-6,6a-dihydro-3aH-furo[3,4-J][l,3]dioxol-6-yl]methyl [(25)-2-benzyloxy-3-octadecoxy-propyl] (4-nitrophenyl) phosphate 18-5

[0317] Intermediate 18-5 was prepared in a manner similar to intermediate 2-4, using intermediate 18-4 instead of intermediate 2-3. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Example 18: (^AOA'A^A^lA-id-aminopyrroloP / L / jfl^Ajtriazin^-yllA-cyano-OA-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl (CS')-2-(benzyl oxy )-3-(octadecyl oxy )propyl) hydrogen phosphate (18) 18-5                                                   18

[0318] Aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (2.0 M, 62 pL, 130 pmol) was added to a vigorously stirred solution of intermediate 18-5 (12 mg, 13 pmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2.0 mL) at 50 °C. After 90 min, the resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature. Several drops of concentrated hydrochloric acid were added until the resulting mixture had pH <1. After 16 h, triethylamine was added until mixture had pH > 7, as indicated by yellow tint persisting. The mixture was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (2-propanol / water) to give compound 18 as a complex with triethylamine. XHNMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) 8 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.83 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 4.66 (d, J= 11.8 Hz, 1H), 4.62 - 4.52 (m, 2H), 4.34 (s, 1H), 4.26 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.17 - 3.98 (m, 2H), 3.87 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.71 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 1H), 3.47 - 3.42 (m, 1H), 3.39 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 1.51 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.29 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 30H), 0.92 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H). LCMS: 788.305. Intermediate 19-0: (3aR,4R,6R,6aR)-4-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-2,2-dimethyl-6-((((2S,3aR,6S,7aR)-3a-methyl-6-(prop-l-en-2-yl)-2- 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 sulfidohexahydrobenzo[d][l,3,2]oxathiaphosphol-2-yl)oxy)methyl)tetrahydrofuro[3,4- d] [ 1,3 ] di oxol e-4 -carb onitril e 1-3

[0319] l,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (609 pL, 4.07 mmol) was added over 2 min via syringe to a vigorously stirred mixture of intermediate 1-3 (1.00 g, 3.02 mmol), (2A,3a7?,65,7a7?)-3a-Methyl-2-((perfluorophenyl)thio)-6-(prop-l-en-2-yl)hexahydrobenzo[<7][l,3,2]oxathiaphosphole 2-sulfide (1.75 g, 3.92 mmol), and acetonitrile (24.0 mL) at room temperature. After 10 min, saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (10 mL) and ethyl acetate (100 mL) were added sequentially. The organic layer was washed with water (70 mL), and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (40 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, were filtered, and were concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 10% methanol in dichloromethane) to give intermediate 19-0. LCMS: 578.2. Intermediate 19-1: (3aR,4R,6R,6aR)-4-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-2,2- dimethyl-6-((((2S,3aR,6S,7aR)-3a-methyl-2-oxido-6-(prop-l-en-2- yl)hexahydrobenzo[d][l,3,2]oxathiaphosphol-2-yl)oxy)methyl)tetrahydrofuro[3,4- d] [ 1,3 ] di oxol e-4 -carb onitril e 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0320] Selenium dioxide (316 mg, 2.84 mmol) was added to a vigorously stirred solution of intermediate 19-0 (1.57 g, 2.71 mmol) in acetonitrile (23.5 mL) and water (8.9 mL) at room temperature. After 60 min, ethyl acetate (250 mL) was added, and the resulting suspension was filtered through celite. The organic layer of the filtrate was washed with a mixture of water and brine (1:1 v:v, 120 mL), and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (75 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, were filtered, and were concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 10% methanol in di chloromethane) to give intermediate 19-1. LCMS: 562.2. Intermediate 19-2: (S)-2-((3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-l-ol 19-2

[0321] Potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide solution (1.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 382 pL, 380 pmol) was added over 1 min via syringe to a stirred solution of (R)-l-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-ol (159 mg, 347 pmol) in tetrahydrofuran (1.0 mL) at 0 °C. After 10 min, l-(bromomethyl)-3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzene (223 mg, 869 pmol) was added, and the resulting mixture was warmed to room temperature. After 50 min, concentrated hydrochloric acid (300 pL, 3.60 mmol) and methanol (0.3 mL) were added sequentially, and the resulting biphasic mixture was stirred vigorously. After 60 min, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (15 mL), diethyl ether (40 mL), and ethyl acetate (20 mL) were added sequentially. The organic layer was washed with water (30 mL), was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, was filtered, and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give intermediate 19-2. LCMS: 543.4 [M+Na]+. Example 19: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)oxy)-3- (octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (19) 19-2 19

[0322] l,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (10.7 pL, 71.2 pmol) was added over 1 min via syringe to a vigorously stirred mixture of intermediate 19-2 (18.5 g, 35.6 pmol), intermediate 19-1 (20.0 mg, 35.6 pmol), and tetrahydrofuran (0.7 mL) at room temperature. After 18 min, water (50 pL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (300 pL, 3.60 mmol) were added sequentially. After 120 min, the resulting mixture was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in methanol / water) to give compound 19. 'HNMR (400 MHz, Methanol-tL) 5 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.33 - 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.20 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.97 - 4.68 (m, 3H), 4.40 - 4.31 (m, 1H), 4.25 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.23 - 4.15 (m, 1H), 4.14-4.05 (m, 1H), 4.04 - 3.90 (m, 2H), 3.86 - 3.79 (m, 1H), 3.63 - 3.31 (m, 4H), 1.63-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.40 - 1.20 (m, 30H), 0.92 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, Methanol-^) 8 0.19. LCMS: 872.4 [M-H]". Example 20: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-3-(octadecyloxy)-2-(thiophen-3-ylmethoxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (20) 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 20

[0323] Compound 20 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 4 using 3-(bromomethyl)thiophene instead of 2-(bromomethyl)naphthalene. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.34 - 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.07 (dd, J = 4.9, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.83 - 4.79 (m, 1H), 4.69 - 4.57 (m, 2H), 4.39-4.31 (m, 1H), 4.26 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (dt, J = 11.5, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 4.09 - 4.02 (m, 1H), 3.94 - 3.79 (m, 2H), 3.74 - 3.65 (m, 1H), 3.56 - 3.36 (m, 4H), 3.23 (q, J = 7.3 Hz, 6H), 1.61 - 1.42 (m, 2H), 1.38-1.19 (m, 39H), 0.94 - 0.86 (m, 3H). LCMS: 794.1. Intermediate 21-1: (R)-triisopropyl((2-methyloxiran-2-yl)methoxy)silane Me                        Me 0.-          _________.     0.- 'Pr I .OH                              / Ox I ,'Pr Si 'Pr 21-1

[0324] Chlorotriisopropylsilane (5.38 mL, 25.2 mmol) was added over 2 min via syringe to a stirred mixture of (S)-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)methanol (1.81 mL, 22.6 mmol), triethylamine (5.49 mL, 39.4 mmol), 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (208 mg, 1.70 mmol), and di chloromethane (30 mL) at 0 °C. After 8 min, the resulting mixture was warmed to room temperature. After 20 h, the resulting mixture was poured into a biphasic mixture of diethyl ether (100 mL) at 0 °C, aqueous citric acid solution (10% wt / v, 10 mL), and water (80 mL). The resulting mixture was agitated, and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with a mixture of water and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (10:1 v:v, 90 mL), was dried over anhydrous 154 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 magnesium sulfate, was filtered, and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 4% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give intermediate 21-1. LCMS: 245.2. Intermediate 21-2: (R)-2-methyl-l-(octadecyloxy)-3-((triisopropylsilyl)oxy)propan-2-ol 21-1                             21-2

[0325] 1-Octadecanol (2.13 g, 7.88 mmol) was added to a vigorously stirred mixture of sodium hydride (60% wt dispersion in mineral oil, 311 mg, 8.12 mmol) in 2-methyltetrahydrofuran (20 mL) at room temperature, and the resulting mixture was heated to 85 °C. After 80 min, a solution of intermediate 21-1 (1.47 g, 6.01 mmol) in A,A-dimethylformamide (10 mL) was added via cannula, and the resulting mixture was heated to 90 °C. After 17 h, the resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature, and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (10 ml) and diethyl ether (500 mL) were added sequentially. The organic layer was washed with water (2 *500 mL), was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, was filtered, and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 100% di chloromethane in hexanes to 0 to 2% ethyl acetate in dichloromethane) to give intermediate 21-2. LCMS: 515.5. Example 21: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-(benzyloxy)-2-methyl-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (21) 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0326] Compound 21 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 4 using benzyl bromide instead of 2-(bromomethyl)naphthalene and using intermediate 21-2 instead of (R)-l-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-ol. ^HNMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.29 - 7.23 (m, 2H), 7.23 - 7.16 (m, 1H), 7.07 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H), 4.80 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (s, 2H), 4.34 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (dt, J = 11.6, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (dt, J = 10.3, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (dd, J = 10.3, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (dd, J = 10.3, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.56 - 3.37 (m, 3H), 3.23 (q, J = 7.3 Hz, 6H), 1.62 - 1.49 (m, 2H), 1.45 - 1.08 (m, 42H), 0.92 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H). LCMS: 800.3 [M-H]“. Intermediate 22-1: (R)-(4-(benzyloxy)-3-((octadecyloxy)methyl)butyl)benzene 22-1

[0327] Sodium hydride (60% wt dispersion in mineral oil, 186 mg, 4.64 mmol) was added to a vigorously stirred solution of (R)-2-((benzyloxy)methyl)-4-phenylbutan-l-ol (419 mg, 1.55 mmol) (Muehlman, A.; Lindberg, J.; Classon, B.; Unge, T.; Hallberg, A.; Samuelsson, B. J. Med. Chem. 2001, 44, 3407) in A,A-di methyl form am ide (2.5 mL) at room temperature. After 40 min, 1-bromooctadecane (1.32 mL, 3.87 mmol) and tetrahydrofuran (1.0 mL) were added sequentially. After 140 min, the resulting mixture was heated to 80 °C. After 16.5 h, the 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature, and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (5.0 mL) and diethyl ether (100 mL) were added sequentially. The organic layer was washed with water (2 x 100 mL), was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, was filtered, and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 20% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give intermediate 22-1. LCMS: 545.4 [M+Na]+. Intermediate 22-2: (S)-2-((octadecyloxy)methyl)-4-phenylbutan-l-ol 22-2

[0328] A vigorously stirred mixture of intermediate 22-1 (535 mg, 1.02 mmol), palladium (10% wt. on carbon, 109 mg, 102 pmol), tetrahydrofuran (3.0 mL), and ethanol (3.0 mL) was placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas (balloon) at room temperature. After 13 h, the resulting mixture was filtered through celite, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced to give intermediate 22-2. LCMS: 455.4 [M+Na]+. Example 22: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((octadecyloxy)methyl)-4-phenylbutyl) hydrogen phosphate (22) 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0329] Compound 22 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 2 using intermediate 22-2 instead of intermediate 2-2. XHNMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.27 - 7.06 (m, 7H), 4.82 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (dt, J = 11.5, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 4.11-3.74 (m, 3H), 3.53 -3.28 (m, 4H), 3.23 (q, J = 7.3 Hz, 6H), 2.73 -2.53 (m, 2H), 1.83 (h, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 1.66 (dd, J = 14.3, 7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.59 - 1.41 (m, 2H), 1.41 - 1.09 (m, 39H), 0.92 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H). LCMS: 784.3 [M-H]“. Intermediate 23-1: (S)-2-chloro-4-(((l -hydroxy-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)methyl)benzonitrile

[0330] Intermediate 23-1 was synthesized in a manner similar to intermediate 2-2 using 4-(bromomethyl)-2-chlorobenzonitrile instead of 4-(bromomethyl)-l,l'-biphenyl. LCMS: 516.3 [M+Na]+. Intermediate 23-2: ((3aR,4R,6R,6aR)-6-(4-aminopyrrolo[2, l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-6-cyano-2,2-dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-d][l,3]dioxol-4-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((3-chloro-4-cyanobenzyl)oxy)-3 -(octadecyloxy)propyl) (2-chlorophenyl) phosphate 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0331] 2-Chlorophenyl phosphorodichloridate (33.3 pL, 206 pmol) was added via syringe to a vigorously stirred mixture of 1,2,4-triazole (28.6 mg, 414 pmol), triethylamine (57.8 pL, 414 pmol), and tetrahydrofuran (0.4 mL) at room temperature. After 40 min, intermediate 1-3 (59.1 mg, 178 pmol), tetrahydrofuran (0.5 mL), and 1-methylimidazole (16.5 pL, 206 pmol) were added sequentially. After 60 min, a solution of intermediate 23-1 (76.7 mg, 155 pmol) in tetrahydrofuran (0.7 mL) was added via cannula. 1-Methylimidazole (20 pL, 250 pmol) were added. After 15 h, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL), diethyl ether (40 mL), and ethyl acetate (20 mL) were added sequentially. The organic layer was washed with water (30 mL), was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, was filtered, and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 5% methanol in di chloromethane) to give intermediate 23-2. LCMS: 997.4. Example 23: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((3-chloro-4-cyanobenzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (23

[0332] Tetrabutylammonium fluoride solution (1.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 457 pL, 460 pmol) was added via syringe to a vigorously stirred mixture of intermediate 23-2 (152 mg, 152 pmol), pyridine (61.6 pL, 762 pmol), water (54.9 pL, 3.05 mmol), and tetrahydrofuran (0.1 mL) at room temperature. After 4 h, chlorotrimethylsilane (58.0 pL, 457 pmol) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (300 pL, 3.60 mmol) were added sequentially. After 150 min, the resulting mixture was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in 2- 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 propanol / water) to give compound 23. ^NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J = 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.49 - 7.43 (m, 1H), 7.30 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.91 - 4.69 (m, 3H), 4.39 - 4.31 (m, 1H), 4.28 - 4.16 (m, 2H), 4.15 - 4.06 (m, 1H), 4.06 - 3.91 (m, 2H), 3.81 (p, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.64 - 3.41 (m, 4H), 1.63 - 1.49 (m, 2H), 1.39 - 1.22 (m, 30H), 0.94 - 0.89 (m, 3H). LCMS: 845.6 [M-H]". Intermediate 24-1: (S)-2-(benzyloxy)-3-((15-methylhexadecyl)oxy)propan-l-ol 24-1

[0333] Intermediate 24-1 was synthesized in a manner similar to intermediate 9-4 using benzyl bromide instead of 4-(bromomethyl)benzonitrile and using 1-bromo-15-methylhexadecane instead of 1-bromooctadecane. LCMS: 443.4 [M+Na]+. Example 24: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-(benzyloxy)-3-((15-methylhexadecyl)oxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (24) 24

[0334] Compound 24 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 19 using intermediate 24-1 instead of intermediate 19-2. XHNMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.36 - 7.32 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 (m, 2H), 7.32 - 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.26 - 7.19 (m, 2H), 7.17 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.78 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.66 (d, J = 11.9 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (d, J = 11.9 Hz, 1H), 4.39 - 4.31 (m, 1H), 4.26 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (dq, J= 12.8, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.13 - 4.02 (m, 1H), 4.01 - 3.86 (m, 2H), 3.75 (q, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.61 - 3.38 (m, 4H), 1.69 - 1.47 (m, 3H), 1.40 - 1.08 (m, 24H), 0.98 - 0.81 (m, 6H). LCMS: 772.4 [M-H]". Example 25: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl (4-(hexadecyloxy)butyl) hydrogen phosphate (25) 25

[0335] Compound 25 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 55 using 1,4-butane diol instead of 1,3-propane diol and using 1-bromohexadecane instead of 1-bromoheptadecane. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) 8 7.89 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.95 - 4.83 (m, 1H), 4.38 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.19 - 3.96 (m, 2H), 3.86 - 3.73 (m, 2H), 3.47 - 3.34 (m, 4H), 1.72 - 1.44 (m, 6H), 1.29 (s, 27H), 1.00 - 0.81 (m, 3H). LCMS: 668.2. Intermediate 26-1: (R)-5-(((l-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)methyl)isophthalonitrile 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0336] Potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide solution (1.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 490 pL, 490 pmol) was added via syringe to a stirred solution of (R)-l-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-ol (150 mg, 327 pmol) in tetrahydrofuran (0.5 mL) at 0 °C. After 5 min, a solution of 5-(iodomethyl)isophthalonitrile (437 mg, 1.63 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2.0 mL) was added via syringe, and the resulting mixture was warmed to room temperature. After 16 h, saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (10 mL), diethyl ether (40 mL), and ethyl acetate (20 mL) were added sequentially. The organic layer was washed with water (30 ml), was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, was filtered, and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give the intermediate 26-1. LCMS: 621.5 [M+Na]+. Intermediate 26-2: (S)-5-(((l-hydroxy-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)methyl)isophthalonitrile 26-2

[0337] Intermediate 26-2 was synthesized in a manner similar to intermediate 2-2 using intermediate 26-1 instead of intermediate 2-1. LCMS: 507.4 [M+Na]+. Intermediate 26-3: ((3aR,4R,6R,6aR)-6-(4-aminopyrrolo[2, l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-6-cyano- 2,2-dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-d][l,3]dioxol-4-yl)methyl (2-chlorophenyl) ((R)-2-((3,5- dicyanobenzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) phosphate 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0338] Intermediate 26-3 was synthesized in a manner similar to intermediate 23-2 using intermediate 26-2 instead of intermediate 23-1. LCMS: 988.4. Example 26: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((3,5-dicyanobenzyl)oxy)-3- (octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (26)

[0339] Tetrabutylammonium fluoride solution (1.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 300 pL, 300 pmol) was added via syringe to a vigorously stirred mixture intermediate 26-3 (23.6 mg, 23.9 pmol), 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (29.2 mg, 239 pmol), water (45.0 pL, 2.50 mmol), and tetrahydrofuran (0.1 mL) at room temperature. After 82 min, chlorotrimethylsilane (38.2 pL, 301 pmol) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (300 pL, 3.60 mmol) were added sequentially. After 140 min, the resulting mixture was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (0.1% tri fluoroacetic acid in methanol / water) to give compound 26. ^HNMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 8.07 (s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 3H), 7.31 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.93 - 4.70 (m, 3H), 4.38 - 4.28 (m, 1H), 4.25 - 4.16 (m, 2H), 4.16 - 4.05 (m, 1H), 4.06 - 3.90 (m, 2H), 3.82 (p, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 3.63 - 3.41 (m, 4H), 1.65-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.38 - 1.22 (m, 30H), 0.95 - 0.86 (m, 3H). LCMS: 836.4 [M-H]“. Intermediate 27-1: tert-butyldimethyl((2R)-3-(octadecyloxy)-2-(l- phenylethoxy)propoxy)silane 27-1

[0340] Intermediate 27-1 was synthesized as a 1:1 mixture of diastereomers in a manner similar to intermediate 5-2 using (R)-l-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-ol instead of intermediate 5-1 and using (R)-l-phenylethyl 2,2,2-trichloroacetimidate (WO 2011059021) instead of benzyl 2,2,2-trichloroacetimidate. LCMS: 585.6 [M+Na]+. Intermediate 27-2: (2S)-3-(octadecyloxy)-2-(l-phenylethoxy)propan-l-ol (faster eluting diastereomer on silica gel) Intermediate 28-1: (2S)-3-(octadecyloxy)-2-(l-phenylethoxy)propan-l-ol (slower eluting diastereomer on silica gel) 27-2                        28-1

[0341] Intermediate 27-2 and intermediate 28-1 were synthesized in a manner similar to intermediate 2-2 using intermediate 27-1 instead of intermediate 2-1. The diastereomers were separated by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 9% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 give intermediate 27-2 (faster eluting diastereomer) and intermediate 28-1 (slower eluting diastereomer). Intermediate 27-2: LCMS: 471.4 [M+Na]+. Intermediate 28-1: LCMS: 471.4 [M+Na]+. Example 27: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((2R)-3-(octadecyloxy)-2-(l-phenyl ethoxy )propyl) hydrogen phosphate (27)

[0342] Compound 27 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 26 using intermediate 27-2 instead of intermediate 26-2. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.40 - 7.19 (m, 6H), 7.17 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.83 - 4.69 (m, 2H), 4.36 - 4.28 (m, 1H), 4.22 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.16 - 4.05 (m, 1H), 4.05 - 3.94 (m, 1H), 3.83 - 3.76 (m, 2H), 3.75 - 3.43 (m, 5H), 1.66 -1.50 (m, 2H), 1.39 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.37 - 1.21 (m, 30H), 0.92 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H). LCMS: 800.3 [M-H]“. Example 28: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((2R)-3-(octadecyloxy)-2-(l-phenylethoxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (28) 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0343] Compound 28 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 26 using intermediate 28-1 instead of intermediate 26-2. XHNMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.40 - 7.34 (m, 2H), 7.34 - 7.28 (m, 3H), 7.25 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.81 - 4.70 (m, 2H), 4.41 - 4.33 (m, 1H), 4.30 - 4.16 (m, 2H), 4.16 - 4.06 (m, 1H), 4.05 - 3.85 (m, 2H), 3.62 -3.53 (m, 1H), 3.42 - 3.22 (m, 4H), 1.51-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.38 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.35 - 1.21 (m, 30H), 0.91 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H). LCMS: 800.3 [M-H]“. Intermediate 29-1: 2,2-dimethyl-5-(phenoxymethyl)-l,3-dioxane Ph I 29-1

[0344] Methanesulfonyl chloride (1.53 mL, 19.8 mmol) was added over 3 min via syringe to a stirred mixture of (2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxan-5-yl)methanol (2.41 g, 16.5 mmol), triethylamine (3.21 mL, 23.1 mmol), and di chloromethane (35 mL) at 0 °C, and the resulting mixture was warmed to room temperature. After 4 h, diethyl ether (200 mL) was added. The organic layer was washed sequentially with a mixture of aqueous phosphoric acid (85% wt / wt, 1.13 mL) in water (100 mL) and a mixture of water and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (5:1 v:v, 60 mL), was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, was filtered, and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in A,A-dimethylformamide (25 mL) at room temperature, and the resulting solution was stirred vigorously. Phenol (2.47 g, 26.2 mmol) and potassium carbonate (6.39 g, 45.9 mmol) were added sequentially, and the resulting mixture was heated to 95 °C. After 18.5 h, the resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature, and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (25 mL) and diethyl ether (500 mL) were added sequentially. The organic layer was washed with water (2 x 500 mL), was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, was filtered, and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 100% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give intermediate 29-1. LCMS: 245.1 [M+Na]+. Intermediate 29-2: 2-(phenoxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Ph I O Ph I .O O. 29-1 HO. •OH 29-2

[0345] Concentrated hydrochloric acid (387 pL, 4.64 mmol) was added via syringe to a stirred solution of intermediate 29-1 (2.69 g, 12.1 mmol) in methanol (12 mL) and water (1.2 mL) at room temperature. After 4.5 h, sodium bicarbonate (1.02 g, 12.1 mmol) was added, and the resulting mixture was vigorously stirred. After 10 min, ethyl acetate (100 mL) and anhydrous magnesium sulfate were added, and the resulting suspension was filtered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 100% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give intermediate 29-2. LCMS: 183.0. Intermediate 29-3: 3-(octadecyloxy)-2-(phenoxymethyl)propan-l-ol HO. Ph I ■O .OH 29-2

[0346] Potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide solution (1.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 2.63 mL, 2.6 mmol) was added over 1 min via syringe to a vigorously stirred solution of intermediate 29-2 (400 mg, 2.20 mmol) in A'A-di methyl form am ide (6.0 mL) at 0 °C, and the resulting mixture was warmed to room temperature. After 5 min, 1-bromooctadecane (732 mg, 2.20 mmol) and tetrahydrofuran (2.0 mL) were added sequentially, and the resulting mixture was heated to 80 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 °C. After 18 h, the resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature over 40 min. Methanol (8.0 mL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (723 pL, 8.78 mmol) were added sequentially. After 180 min, diethyl ether (125 mL) and ethyl acetate (20 mL) were added sequentially. The organic layer was washed with water (2 x 120 mL), was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, was filtered, and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 25% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give intermediate 29-3. LCMS: 435.1. Example 29: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl (3-(octadecyloxy)-2-(phenoxymethyl)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (29)

[0347] Compound 29 was synthesized as a 1:1 mixture of diastereomers in a manner similar to compound 26 using intermediate 29-3 instead of intermediate 26-2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 8.00 (s, 0.5H), 7.99 (s, 0.5H), 7.24 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.22 - 7.14 (m, 3H), 6.89 - 6.80 (m, 3H), 4.73 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.35 - 4.26 (m, 1H), 4.22 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.19 -4.09 (m, 1H), 4.10 - 3.91 (m, 5H), 3.57 - 3.48 (m, 2H), 3.39 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.37 - 2.22 (m, 1H), 1.57 - 1.45 (m, 2H), 1.36-1.17 (m, 30H), 0.88 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H).. LCMS: 786.4 [M-H]". 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Intermediate 30-1: (S)-l-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-yl 4- methylbenzenesulfonate 30-1

[0348] 4-Toluenesulfonyl chloride (929 mg, 4.87 mmol) was added to a stirred mixture of intermediate 18-1 (1.40 g, 3.04 mmol), A,A-diisopropylethylamine (848 pL, 4.87 mmol), 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (37.2 mg, 304 pmol), and dichloromethane (7.0 mL) at 0 °C. After 2 min, the resulting mixture was warmed to room temperature. After 170 min, 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (67.0 mg, 548 pmol) was added. After 30 min, the resulting mixture was heated to 65 °C. After 17 h, the resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature, and diethyl ether (120 mL), ethyl acetate (20 mL), and aqueous hydrogen chloride solution (2.0 M, 5 mL) were added sequentially. The organic layer was washed sequentially with water (100 mL) and a mixture of water and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (5:1 v:v, 100 mL), was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, was filtered, and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 50% di chloromethane in hexanes) to give intermediate 30-1. LCMS: 635.4 [M+Na]+. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Intermediate 30-2: (S)-3-((l-hydroxy-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)benzonitrile 30-1                                30-2

[0349] Potassium tert-pentoxide solution (1.7 M in toluene, 461 pL, 783 pmol) was added over 1 min via syringe to a vigorously stirred mixture of intermediate 30-1 (160 mg, 261 pmol), 3-hydroxybenzonitrile (103 mg, 861 pmol), and A(Af-di methyl form am ide (0.6 mL) at 0 °C, and the resulting mixture was heated to 90 °C. After 55 min, the resulting mixture was heated to 130 °C. After 1 h, the resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature. After 14 h, diethyl ether (40 mL), saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (10 mL), and ethyl acetate (20 mL) were added sequentially. The organic layer was washed with water (2 *40 mL), was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, was filtered, and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (0.5 mL), and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature. Tetrabutylammonium fluoride solution (1.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 1.07 mL, 1.1 mmol) was added via syringe. After 60 min, saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (10 mL), diethyl ether (40 mL), and ethyl acetate (20 mL) were added sequentially. The organic layer was washed with water (40 mL), was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, was filtered, and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give a mixture of intermediate 30-2. The mixture was purified by flash column chromatography on basic alumina (0 to 15% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give intermediate 30-2. LCMS: 468.4 [M+Na]+. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Example 30: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-(3 -cyanophenoxy)-3 -(octadecyloxy )propyl) hydrogen phosphate (30) 30

[0350] Compound 30 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 19 using intermediate 30-2 instead of intermediate 19-2. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.40 (dd, J = 9.3, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.35 - 7.30 (m, 2H), 7.29 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.78 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.73 -4.62 (m, 1H), 4.39 - 4.30 (m, 1H), 4.24 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.22 - 4.12 (m, 1H), 4.12 - 3.97 (m, 3H), 3.70 (dd, J = 10.7, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 3.63 (dd, J= 10.8, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 3.53-3.41 (m, 2H), 1.58- 1.46 (m, 2H), 1.40- 1.20 (m, 30H), 0.92 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H). LCMS: 797.4 [M-H]". Example 31: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-(3-cyano-5-fluorophenoxy)-3- (octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (31) F 31

[0351] Compound 31 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 30 using 3-fluoro-5- hydroxybenzonitrile instead of 3-hydroxybenzonitrile. XHNMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 8.09 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 (s, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 4.3 Hz, 2H), 7.14 (dt, J = 10.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.09 -7.03 (m, 1H), 4.79 - 4.68 (m, 2H), 4.39 - 4.32 (m, 1H), 4.27 -4.14 (m, 2H), 4.14 - 3.92 (m, 3H), 3.84 - 3.40 (m, 4H), 1.64 - 1.45 (m, 2H), 1.44-1.19 (m, 30H), 1.00 - 0.85 (m, 3H). LCMS: 815.4 [M-H]“. Example 32: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (32)

[0352] Compound 32 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 19 using 1-(bromomethyl)-3-(difluoromethyl)benzene instead of l-(bromomethyl)-3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzene. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.53 - 7.41 (m, 4H), 7.18 - 6.74 (m, 3H), 4.73 - 4.54 (m, 3H), 4.18 (ddt, J = 30.5, 6.1, 3.0 Hz, 2H), 4.08 - 3.85 (m, 4H), 3.77 - 3.66 (m, 1H), 1.44 (q, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.22 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 28H), 0.93 - 0.79 (m, 3H). LCMS: 838.2. Example 33: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((4-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (33) 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 33

[0353] Compound 33 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 19 using 1-(bromomethyl)-4-(difluoromethyl)benzene instead of l-(bromomethyl)-3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzene. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.51 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.17 - 6.81 (m, 3H), 4.71 - 4.57 (m, 3H), 3.78 - 3.64 (m, 1H), 3.44 (dd, J = 5.2, 1.9 Hz, 2H), 3.34 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 3.13 (p, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 1.44 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.22 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 32H), 0.96 - 0.78 (m, 3H). LCMS: 838.2. Intermediate 34-1: (R)-l-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(heptadecyloxy)propan-2-ol 34-1

[0354] Intermediate 34-1 was synthesized in a manner similar to intermediate 9-2 using (S)-3-(heptadecyloxy) propane-1,2-diol instead of (S)-3-(octadecyloxy) propane-1,2-diol. XHNMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 3.82 (q, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.72 - 3.61 (m, 2H), 3.47 (td, J = 6.7, 6.3, 1.4 Hz, 4H), 1.59 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.28 (s, 30H), 0.92 (s, 9H), 0.10 (s, 6H). Example 34: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((3-cyanobenzyl)oxy)-3-(heptadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (34) 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0355] Compound 34 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 19 using 3-(bromomethyl)benzonitrile instead of l-(bromomethyl)-3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzene and intermediate 34-1 instead of (R)-l-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-ol. XHNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, drop CD3OD) 5 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (t, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.66 (t, J = 10.0 Hz, 4H), 4.23 (s, 2H), 3.76 - 3.55 (m, 4H), 3.44 (t, J = 3.2 Hz, 2H), 3.36 (d, J = 13.3 Hz, 5H), 3.08 (dd, J = 25.4, 13.0 Hz, 3H), 2.80 (s, 4H), 1.45 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.22 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 33H), 0.85 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 3H). LCMS: 799.3. Example 35: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((3-cyano-5-fluorobenzyl)oxy)-3-(heptadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (35) 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0356] Compound 35 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 19 using 3-(bromomethyl)-5-fluorobenzonitrile instead of l-(bromomethyl)-3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzene and intermediate 34-1 instead of (R)-l-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyl oxy )propan-2-ol. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, drop CD3OD) 5 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.53 (d, J = 9.7 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.72 - 4.56 (m, 2H), 3.71 (s, 1H), 3.47 - 3.38 (m, 2H), 3.33 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.13 (s, 2H), 1.45 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 1.22 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 29H), 0.85 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H). LCMS: 817.3. Example 36: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((4-cyanobenzyl)oxy)-3-(heptadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (36)

[0357] Compound 36 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 19 using 4-(bromomethyl)benzonitrile instead of l-(bromomethyl)-3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzene and intermediate 34-1 instead of (R)-l-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-ol. XHNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 57.93 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 6.91 (d, J = 3.4 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, 1H), 4.66 (dt, J = 9.0, 3.5 Hz, 3H), 3.77 - 3.66 (m, 1H), 3.62 (d, J = 12.3 Hz, 1H), 3.49 - 3.40 (m, 2H), 3.35 (q, J = 9.5, 7.5 Hz, 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 3H), 3.10 (d, J = 24.5 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 1.43 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.22 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 26H), 0.85 (t, J = 6.1 Hz, 3H). LCMS: 799.3. Example 37: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-3-(heptadecyloxy)-2-((4- methoxybenzyl)oxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (37) OMe 37

[0358] Compound 37 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 19 using 1-(bromomethyl)-4-methoxybenzene instead of l-(bromomethyl)-3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzene and intermediate 34-1 instead of (R)-l-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyl oxy )propan-2-ol. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, drop CD3OD) 5 7.93 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.98 - 6.74 (m, 4H), 4.66 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 4.22 (s, 2H), 3.78 - 3.55 (m, 4H), 3.48 - 3.25 (m, 4H), 3.13 (s, 2H), 1.43 (s, 2H), 1.23 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 29H), 0.85 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H). LCMS: 804.2. Intermediate 38-1: (R)-3-(octadecyloxy)-2-phenoxypropan-l-ol 38-1 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0359] Triphenylphosphane (80.0 mg, 0.305 mmol) was added to a 0 °C chilled solution of (R)-l-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-ol (109 mg, 0.237 mmol), phenol (41.0 mg, 0.436 mmol), and diisopropyl azodi carb oxy late (0.0750 mL, 0.359 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) THF. The reaction mixture was allowed to gradually warm to room temperature and stirred for 24 hours and which point solvent was removed under reduced pressure and crude product absorbed onto silica gel which was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to afford (S)-tert-butyldimethyl(3-(octadecyloxy)-2-phenoxypropoxy)silane. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 7.33 - 7.22 (m, 2H), 7.03 - 6.90 (m, 3H), 4.43 (q, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 3.89 - 3.79 (m, 2H), 3.67 (qd, J = 10.4, 4.9 Hz, 2H), 3.49 (td, J = 6.5, 1.9 Hz, 2H), 1.63 - 1.53 (m, 2H), 1.27 (s, 30H), 0.90 (s, 9H), 0.08 (s, 3H), 0.06 (s, 3H).

[0360] AIM solution of tetra-n-butyl ammonium fluoride in tetrahydrofuran (0.500 mL, 0.500 mmol) was added to a solution of (S)-tert-butyldimethyl(3-(octadecyloxy)-2-phenoxypropoxy)silane (84.0 mg, 0.157 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for one hour at which point the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed sequentially with 3*water followed by a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution. The organic phase was then dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 20% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to afford intermediate 38-1. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 7.38 -7.29 (m, 2H), 7.04 - 6.86 (m, 3H), 4.19 (s, 1H), 4.05 (dd, J = 5.5, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 3.62 (qd, J = 9.7, 5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.51 (td, J = 6.6, 1.8 Hz, 2H), 1.59 (d, J = 12.7 Hz, 2H), 1.28 (s, 30H), 0.96 - 0.85 (m, 3H). Example 38: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((S)-3 -(octadecyloxy)-2-phenoxypropyl) hydrogen phosphate (38) 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 38

[0361] Compound 38 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 2 using intermediate 38-1 instead of intermediate 2-2. XHNMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 7.93 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (d, J = 10.6 Hz, 2H), 6.85 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 3H), 4.52 - 3.98 (m, 7H), 3.82-3.38 (m, 6H), 3.15 (s, 1H), 1.51 (s, 2H), 1.27 (d, J = 25.3 Hz, 44H), 0.91 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H). LCMS: 774.1. Example 39: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((3-cyanobenzyl)oxy)-3 -(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (39) 39

[0362] Compound 39 was synthesized as a 1:1 mixture of diastereomers in a manner similar to compound 16 replacing 3-(bromomethyl)-5-fluorobenzonitrile with 3- (bromomethyl)benzonitrile. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J = 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.83 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.76 - 4.62 (m, 2H), 4.40 - 4.33 (m, 1H), 4.25 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.23 - 4.14 (m, 1H), 4.14 - 4.05 (m, 1H), 4.00-3.85 (m, 2H), 3.79 - 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.57 - 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.44 - 3.37 (m, 2H), 3.18 (q, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.59 -1.49 (m, 2H), 1.39 - 1.20 (m, 30H), 0.91 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 -0.41. LCMS: 813.25 [M+H]+ Example 40: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((4-methylbenzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (40)

[0363] Compound 40 was synthesized as a 1:1 mixture of diastereomers in a manner similar to compound 16 replacing 3-(bromomethyl)-5-fluorobenzonitrile with l-(bromomethyl)-4-methylbenzene. ^NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 6.98 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.83 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.62-4.52 (m, 2H), 4.42 - 4.35 (m, 1H), 4.27 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.24 - 4.13 (m, 1H), 4.134.04 (m, 1H), 3.98 - 3.85 (m, 2H), 3.76 - 3.66 (m, 1H), 3.58 - 3.42 (m, 2H), 3.38 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 1.57 - 1.45 (m, 2H), 1.42-1.17 (m, 30H), 0.91 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H). 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 31P NMR (162 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 -0.57. LCMS: 802.12 [M+H]+ Example 41: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((4-chlorobenzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (41) HO OH

[0364] Compound 41 was synthesized as a 1:1 mixture of diastereomers in a manner similar to compound 16 replacing 3-(bromomethyl)-5-fluorobenzonitrile with l-(bromomethyl)-4-chlorobenzene. XHNMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.30 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.98 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.67 - 4.53 (m, 2H), 4.42 - 4.34 (m, 1H), 4.27 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.23 - 4.13 (m, 1H), 4.13 -4.03 (m, 1H), 3.99 - 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.78 - 3.64 (m, 1H), 3.57 - 3.42 (m, 2H), 3.38 (t, J = 6.5, 1.9 Hz, 2H), 1.59- 1.46 (m, 2H), 1.41-1.17 (m, 30H), 0.91 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 -0.62. LCMS: 822.16 [M+H]+ 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Example 42: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((2-fluorobenzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (42)

[0365] Compound 42 was synthesized as a 1:1 mixture of diastereomers in a manner similar to compound 16 replacing 3-(bromomethyl)-5-fluorobenzonitrile with l-(bromomethyl)-2-fluorobenzene. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.52 - 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.30 -7.22 (m, 1H), 7.11 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.07 - 7.01 (m, 1H), 6.99 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.76 - 4.67 (m, 2H), 4.41 - 4.33 (m, 1H), 4.27 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.19-4.11 (m, 1H), 4.11-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.86 (m, 2H), 3.79-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.60 - 3.51 (m, 1H), 3.51 - 3.43 (m, 1H), 3.39 (td, J = 6.6, 2.5 Hz, 2H), 1.58 - 1.47 (m, 2H), 1.39 - 1.22 (m, 30H), 0.91 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 -0.01. 19F NMR (376 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 -121.40 (dt, J = 12.1, 6.1 Hz). LCMS: 806.19 [M+H]+ Example 43: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((2,6-difluorobenzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (43) 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 43

[0366] Compound 43 was synthesized as a 1:1 mixture of diastereomers in a manner similar to compound 16 replacing 3-(bromomethyl)-5-fluorobenzonitrile with 2-(bromomethyl)-1,3-difluorobenzene. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.41 - 7.27 (m, 1H), 7.03 -6.97 (m, 1H), 6.96 - 6.82 (m, 3H), 4.86 - 4.82 (m, 1H), 4.69 (s, 2H), 4.41 - 4.35 (m, 1H), 4.32 -4.25 (m, 1H), 4.23 - 4.13 (m, 1H), 4.13 - 4.03 (m, 1H), 3.97 - 3.84 (m, 2H), 3.80 - 3.63 (m, 2H), 3.62 - 3.49 (m, 1H), 3.49 - 3.42 (m, 1H), 3.38 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 1.59 - 1.40 (m, 2H), 1.40-1.13 (m, 30H), 0.91 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 -0.93. 19F NMR (376 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 -117.21 (t, J = 6.9 Hz). LCMS: 824.19 [M+H]+ Example 44: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-methoxy-3 -(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (44) 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0367] Compound 44 was synthesized as a 1:1 mixture of diastereomers in a manner similar to compound 16 replacing 3-(bromomethyl)-5-fluorobenzonitrile with iodomethane. XHNMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.00 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.88 -4.79 (m, 1H), 4.42-4.35 (m, 1H), 4.28 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.24-4.11 (m, 1H), 4.11 - 4.02 (m, 1H), 3.92 - 3.76 (m, 2H), 3.77 - 3.63 (m, 1H), 3.63 - 3.45 (m, 2H), 3.44 - 3.37 (m, 5H), 1.61 -1.48 (m, 2H), 1.41 - 1.22 (m, 30H), 0.91 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 -0.09. LCMS: 712.16 [M+H]+ Example 45: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((3-fluorobenzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (45)

[0368] Compound 45 was synthesized as a 1:1 mixture of diastereomers in a manner similar to compound 16 replacing 3-(bromomethyl)-5-fluorobenzonitrile with l-(bromomethyl)-3-fluorobenzene. XH NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.28 (td, J = 8.0, 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.15 - 7.05 (m, 2H), 6.99 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (td, J = 8.5, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.72 - 4.54 (m, 2H), 4.45 - 4.33 (m, 1H), 4.27 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.21 - 4.12 (m, 1H), 4.12 - 4.04 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.84 (m, 2H), 3.77 - 3.64 (m, 1H), 3.55-3.44 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 (m, 2H), 3.44 - 3.36 (m, 2H), 1.59 - 1.47 (m, 2H), 1.40 - 1.18 (m, 30H), 0.91 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 0.17. 19F NMR (377 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 -116.09 (td, J = 9.3, 5.7 Hz). LCMS: 806.20 [M+H]+ Intermediate 46-1: (7?J-tert-butyldimethyl(2-((2-methylallyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propoxy) silane 46-1

[0369] Intermediate 46-1 was prepared in a manner similar to intermediate 2-1, using 3-bromo-2-methylpropene instead of 4-(bromomethyl)-1,1'-biphenyl. 'H NMR. (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 5.02-4.98 (m, 1H), 4.89 (m, 1H), 4.06 (s, 2H), 3.69 (dd, J = 5.1, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 3.58-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.50 - 3.40 (m, 4H), 1.77 (s, 3H), 1.56 (m, 2H), 1.28 (s, 30H), 0.91 (m, 12H), 0.09 (m, 6H). 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Intermediate 46-2: (A)-2-((2-methylallyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy )propan-l-ol 46-1 46-2

[0370] Tetrabutylammonium fluoride solution (1.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 1.05 mL, 1.05 mmol) was added by syringe to a stirred solution of 46-1 (179 mg, 359 pmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) at room temperature. After 150 min, aqueous ammonium chloride solution (25 mL), diethyl ether (50 mL), and water (25 mL) were added sequentially. The organic layer was washed with water (50 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (0 to 25% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to yield intermediate 46-2. 'HNMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 5.00 (m, 1H), 4.92-4.86 (m, 1H), 4.06 (s, 2H), 3.69 (dd, J = 5.1, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 3.55 (m, 2H), 3.523.41 (m, 4H), 1.80 - 1.72 (s, 3H), 1.57 (m, 2H), 1.28 (s, 30H). Intermediate 46-3: (S)-2-isobutoxy-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-l-ol 46-2

[0371] A vigorously stirred mixture of intermediate 46-2 (140 mg, 351 pmol), platinum (10% wt. on carbon, 193 mg, 98.0 pmol), tetrahydrofuran (1.5 mL), and ethanol (4.5 mL) was placed 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas (balloon) at room temperature. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was filtered through celite, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield intermediate 46-3. 'HNMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 3.80 - 3.72 (m, 1H), 3.65 (dd, J = 11.4, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 3.59-3.38 (m, 4H), 3.31 (dd, J = 9.1, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 1.88 (p, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 1.63 - 1.52 (m, 2H), 1.28 (s, 30H), 0.99 - 0.83 (m, 6H). Intermediate 46-4: (7?J-2-isobutoxy-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl bis(4-nitrophenyl) phosphate 46-3                                   46-4

[0372] Intermediate 46-4 was prepared in a manner similar to intermediate 2-3, using 46-3 instead of intermediate 2-2. LCMS: 722.9. Intermediate 46-5: ((3a7?,4A,6A,6a7?)-6-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l- / |[l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-6-cyano-2,2-dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-J][l,3]dioxol-4-yl)methyl ( / 7( / -24 sobutoxy-3-(octadecyl oxy )propyl) (4-nitrophenyl) phosphate 46-4 46-5

[0373] Intermediate 46-5 was prepared in a manner similar to intermediate 2-4, using 46-4 instead of intermediate 2-3. LCMS: 915.3. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Example 46: ((27?,35',47?,57?)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l- / |[l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((7?J-2-isobutoxy-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (46)

[0374] Compound 46 was prepared in a manner similar to compound 18, using 46-5 instead of intermediate 18-5. XHNMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.01 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (m, 1H), 4.59 (s, 1H), 4.27 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.20-4.11 (m, 1H), 4.11 - 3.97 (m, 1H), 3.82 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.74 - 3.63 (m, 2H), 3.41 (m, 2H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 2.31 (m, 2H), 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.32 (m, 30H), 0.94 - 0.89 (m, 9H). LCMS: 754.1. Intermediate 47-1: f7?J-2,2-dimethyl-4-((octadecyloxy)methyl)-l,3-dioxolane 47-1

[0375] Acetone (458 pL, 6.18 mmol) was added by syringe to a rapidly stirring mixture ofp-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (11.8 mg, 61.8 pmol) and (S)-3-(octadecyloxy)propane-l,2-diol (213 mg, 618 pmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) at room temperature. After 90 min, the reaction mixture was heated to 50 °C. After 30 min, the reaction was cooled to room temperature, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (0 to 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to yield intermediate 47- 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 1. ^NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 4.33 - 4.23 (m, 1H), 4.08 (dd, J = 8.3, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (dd, J = 8.2, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.59 - 3.38 (m, 4H), 1.63 - 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.28 (s, 30H), 0.94 - 0.86 (m, 3H). Intermediate 47-2: (S)-2-isopropoxy-3-(octadecyloxy )propan-l-ol 47-1                                        47-2

[0376] Di chloroborane methyl sulfide complex (52 pL, 380 pmol) was added by syringe to a rapidly stirred mixture of intermediate 47-1 (149 mg, 387 pmol) in tetrahydrofuran (750 pL) at -60 °C. Reaction warmed to room temperature over 15 min. After 16 h, aqueous ammonium chloride solution (10 mL) and diethyl ether (10 mL) were added sequentially. The organic layer was washed with water (20 mL), was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, was filtered, and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (0 to 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to yield intermediate 47-2. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 3.80 (p, J = 6.1 Hz, 1H), 3.71 (dd, J = 10.1, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 3.67 - 3.56 (m, 2H), 3.52 (dd, J = 9.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.49 - 3.41 (m, 3H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 1.28 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 30H), 1.20 (dd, J = 6.1, 0.9 Hz, 6H), 0.94 - 0.85 (m, 3H). 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Intermediate 47-3: (7?J-2-isopropoxy-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl bis(4-nitrophenyl) phosphate 47-3

[0377] Intermediate 47-3 was prepared in a manner similar to 46-4, using 47-2 instead of 46-3. LCMS: 731.2 [M+Na]+. Intermediate 47-4: ((3a7?,47?,67?,6a7?)-6-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l- / |[l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-6-cyano-2,2- dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-J][l,3]dioxol-4-yl)methyl ((R)-2-isopropoxy-3- (octadecyloxy)propyl) (4-nitrophenyl) phosphate 47-3 47-4

[0378] Intermediate 47-4 was prepared in a manner similar to 46-5, using 47-3 instead of 46-4. LCMS: 923.4 [M+Na]+. Example 47: ((27?,35,47?,57?)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l- / |[l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((7?J-2-isopropoxy-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (47) 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 47-4 |0379] Potassium trimethylsilanolate (9.8 mg, 77 pmol) was added to a rapidly stirred mixture of 47-4 (23.0 mg, 25.5 pmol) in tetrahydrofuran (800 pL) at room temperature. After 45 min, potassium trimethylsilanolate (27 mg, 210 pmol) was added. After 45 min, concentrated hydrochloric acid (200 pL) was added. After 90 min, triethylamine was added until mixture had pH > 7, as indicated by yellow tint persisting. The mixture was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (2-propanol / water) to give compound 47 as a salt with triethylamine. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.11 (s, 2H), 4.82 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.36 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H), 4.27 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.22 - 4.13 (m, 1H), 4.12 - 4.03 (m, 1H), 3.86 - 3.74 (m, 3H), 3.74 - 3.63 (m, 1H), 3.59 (dd, J = 11.2, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 3.54 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.47 - 3.39 (m, 2H), 1.56 (m, 2H), 1.30 (m, 30H), 1.12 (dd, J = 6.1, 1.7 Hz, 6H), 0.96-0.88 (m, 3H). LCMS: 738.4 [M-H]'. Intermediate 48-1: (R)-tert-butyl(2-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propoxy) dimethylsilane 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0380] Sodium hydride (60% wt dispersion in mineral oil, 74 mg, 1.94 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of (R)-l-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-ol (335 mg, 730 pmol) in tetrahydrofuran (6 mL) at 0 °C. After 30 min, 4-(bromom ethyl)-1,2-dichlorobenzene (438 mg, 1.83 mmol) was added, and the resulting mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. The suspension was then cooled to 0 °C, quenched with water (5 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x 20 mL). The combined organic fractions were then washed with brine (25 mL) and dried over magnesium sulfate. Following filtration and concentration, the crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 20% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give intermediate 48-1. ^HNMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 7.51 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (dd, J = 8.2, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.68 (s, 2H), 3.71 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.67 - 3.60 (m, 1H), 3.60 - 3.39 (m, 4H), 1.66 - 1.49 (m, 2H), 1.39 -1.20 (m, 30H), 1.00 - 0.84 (m, 12H), 0.08 (s, 6H). Intermediate 48-2: (S)-2-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-l-ol

[0381] Tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 0.63 mL, 0.63 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of Intermediate 48-1 (323 mg, 523 pmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) at 0 °C. After 1 hour, water was added (5 mL), and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x 20 mL). The combined organic fractions were then washed with brine (25 mL) and dried over magnesium sulfate. Following filtration and concentration, the crude residue was purified 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give intermediate 48-2. XHNMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 7.49 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J = 8.2, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.66 (q, J = 12.3 Hz, 2H), 3.83 - 3.64 (m, 3H), 3.59 (qd, J = 10.0, 5.0 Hz, 2H), 3.46 (td, J = 6.7, 1.9 Hz, 2H), 2.11 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 1.65 - 1.55 (m, 2H), 1.28 (s, 30H), 0.90 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H). Intermediate 48-3: ((3aR,4R,6R,6aR)-6-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-6-cyano-2,2-dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-d][l,3]dioxol-4-yl)methyl (2-chlorophenyl) ((R)-2-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) phosphate 48-2                                           48-3

[0382] 2-Chlorophenyl phosphorodichloridate (64.6 pL, 392 pmol) was added via syringe to a vigorously stirred mixture of 1,2,4-triazole (54.3 mg, 786 pmol), triethylamine (110 pL, 786 pmol), and tetrahydrofuran (0.6 mL) at room temperature. After 40 min, intermediate 1-3 (97.5 mg, 294 pmol), tetrahydrofuran (0.5 mL), and 1-methylimidazole (31.3 pL, 313 pmol) were added sequentially. After 60 min, a solution of intermediate 48-2 (148 mg, 294 pmol) in tetrahydrofuran (0.7 mL) was added via cannula. 1-Methylimidazole (20 pL, 392 pmol) were added. After 15 h, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL), diethyl ether (40 mL), and ethyl acetate (20 mL) were added sequentially. The organic layer was washed with water (30 mL), was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, was filtered, and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 (0 to 10% methanol in di chloromethane) to give intermediate 48-3. XHNMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 8.01 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.45 - 7.34 (m, 4H), 7.21 - 7.06 (m, 3H), 7.01 (t, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (dd, J = 10.3, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 5.62 (s, 2H), 5.44 (dd, J = 17.1, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.99 (ddd, J = 9.2, 6.8, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.69 - 4.19 (m, 7H), 3.82 - 3.73 (m, 1H), 3.53 - 3.46 (m, 2H), 3.45 - 3.37 (m, 2H), 1.91 - 1.38 (m, 8H), 1.27 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 30H), 0.90 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H). Intermediate 48-4: ((3aR,4R,6R,6aR)-6-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-6-cyano-2,2-dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-d][l,3]dioxol-4-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate

[0383] Sodium hydroxide (0.5 N, 715 pL, 357 pmol) was added to a solution of 48-3 (100 mg, 99.3 pmol) in tetrahydrofuran (4 mL), and the mixture was heated to 50 °C. After 3 hours, concentrated hydrochloric acid was added (30 pL, 357 pmol). The residue was then concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 30% methanol in dichloromethane) to give intermediate 48-4. XHNMR (400 MHz, Methanol-tZj) 5 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.50 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (dd, J= 8.2, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (d, J= 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J= 4.6 Hz, 1H), 5.40 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 1H), 5.03 (dd, J= 6.5, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.65 -4.50 (m, 3H), 4.06 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.95 - 3.84 (m, 2H), 3.78 - 3.66 (m, 1H), 3.56 - 3.34 (m, 4H), 1.72 (s, 3H), 1.60- 1.47 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s, 3H), 1.38 - 1.12 (m, 30H), 1.02-0.84 (m, 3H). 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Example 48: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)oxy)-3- (octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (48)

[0384] Concentrated hydrochloric acid (52.4 pL, 629 pmol) was added to a solution of 48-4 (47 mg, 52.4 pmol) in tetrahydrofuran (0.5 mL). After 3 hours, sodium carbonate (67 mg, 629 pmol), methanol (10 mL), and magnesium sulfate were added sequentially and stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. Following filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 50% methanol in dichloromethane) to give compound 48. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.95 - 4.75 (m, 1H), 4.60 (s, 2H), 4.39 - 4.33 (m, 1H), 4.20 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 4.14 - 4.08 (m, 1H), 4.05 -3.86 (m, 2H), 3.76 - 3.68 (m, 1H), 3.52 - 3.25 (m, 4H), 1.57 - 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.39 - 1.25 (m, 30H), 0.92 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H). 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Intermediate 49-1: (7?J-tert-butyl(2-((3-chioro-4-methoxybenzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy) propoxy)dimethylsilane 49-1

[0385] Intermediate 49-1 was prepared in a manner similar to intermediate 2-1, using 4-(bromomethyl)-2-chloro-1 -methoxy-benzene instead of 4-(bromomethyl)-l,l'-biphenyl. LCMS: 635.5 [M+Na]+. Intermediate 49-2: (S)-2-((3-chloro-4-methoxybenzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-l-ol

[0386] Intermediate 49-2 was prepared in a manner similar to intermediate 18-3, using 49-1 instead of intermediate 18-2. LCMS: 522.1 [M+Na]+. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Intermediate 49-3: ((3a7?,4A,6A,6a7?)-6-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l- / |[l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-6-cyano-2,2-dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-d][l,3]dioxol-4-yl)methyl (f7?J-2-((3-chloro-4-methoxybenzyl)oxy)- 3-(octadecyloxy )propyl) (2-chlorophenyl) phosphate 49-3

[0387] Intermediate 49-3 was prepared in a manner similar to 23-2, using 49-2 instead of 23-1. LCMS: 1024.5 [M+Na]+. Example 49: ((2A,35,4A,5A)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l- / |[l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((7?J-2-((3-chloro-4-methoxybenzyl)oxy)-3- (octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (49)

[0388] Tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 25 pL, 25 pmol) was added via syringe to a vigorously stirred mixture of intermediate 49-3, pyridine (3 pL, 40 pmol), water (3 pL, 200 pmol), and tetrahydrofuran (100 pL). After 4h, another 25 pL (25 pmol) of 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 tetrabutylammonium fluoride was added via syringe. After 16 h, chlorotrimethylsilane (6 pL, 50 pmol) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (200 pL, 2.40 mmol) were added sequentially. The resulting mixture was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (0.1% trifluoracetic acid in methanol / water) to yield compound 49. 'HNMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 8 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 6.88 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 5.19 (s, 1H), 4.59 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 2H), 4.56 (s, 1H), 4.51 (s, 1H), 4.48 (s, 1H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.26 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (s, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.78 - 3.63 (m, 2H), 3.59 (s, 1H), 1.53 (s, 2H), 1.30 (d, J = 10.7 Hz, 30H), 1.00 - 0.81 (m, 3H). LCMS: 850.5 [M-H]’. Intermediate 50-1: (7?J-2-(((l-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)methyl)benzonitrile 50-1

[0389] Intermediate 50-1 was prepared in a manner similar to intermediate 2-1, using 2-(bromomethyl)benzonitrile instead of 4-(brom om ethyl)-l,l'-biphenyl. 'HNMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 8 7.71 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (dd, J = 7.6, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (td, J = 7.7, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (td, J = 7.6, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 4.93 (s, 2H), 3.77 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.71 (tt, J = 5.7, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 3.60 (qd, J = 10.3, 4.9 Hz, 2H), 3.46 (td, J = 6.6, 1.6 Hz, 2H), 1.58 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.27 (s, 30H), 0.91 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 12H), 0.09 (s, 6H). 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Intermediate 50-2: (5^-2-(((1-hydroxy-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)methyl) benzonitrile 50-1 50-2

[0390] Intermediate 50-2 was prepared in a manner similar to intermediate 18-3, using 50-1 instead of intermediate 18-2. 'HNMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 7.72 - 7.66 (m, 1H), 7.65 -7.57 (m, 2H), 7.42 (ddd, J = 7.7, 6.0, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.91 (d, J = 12.2 Hz, 1H), 4.86 (d, J = 12.2 Hz, 1H), 3.90 - 3.81 (m, 1H), 3.81 - 3.72 (m, 2H), 3.71 - 3.58 (m, 2H), 3.48 (td, J = 6.6, 1.1 Hz, 2H), 1.67 - 1.49 (m, 2H), 1.28 (s, 30H), 0.90 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H). Intermediate 50-3: ((3a7?,47?,67?,6a7?)-6-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-; / ][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-6-cyano-2,2-dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-J][l,3]dioxol-4-yl)methyl (2-chlorophenyl) ((R)-2-((2-cyanobenzyl)oxy)-3 -(octadecyloxy)propyl) phosphate 50-2 50-3 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0391] Intermediate 50-3 was prepared in a manner similar to 23-2, using 50-2 instead of 23-1. LCMS: 963.3. Example 50: ((27?,35,47?,57?)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l- / |[l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl (f7?J-2-((2-cyanobenzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (50) 50-3 50

[0392] Compound 50 was prepared in a manner similar to 49, using intermediate 50-3 instead of 49-3. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.69 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.63 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.48 - 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.37 - 7.26 (m, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.78 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 2H), 4.64 (d, J = 11.5 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.26 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.23 - 4.14 (m, 1H), 4.14 -4.06 (m, 1H), 3.98 (qt, J = 11.1, 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.83 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 3.58 (qd, J = 10.6, 5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.45 (td, J = 6.5, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 1.54 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.29 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 30H), 0.92 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 3H). LCMS: 813.2. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Intermediate 51-1: (7()-2-(((1-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2- yl)oxy)methyl)-4-fluorobenzonitrile 51-1

[0393] Intermediate 51-1 was prepared in a manner similar to intermediate 2-1, using 2-(bromomethyl)-4-fluoro-benzonitrile instead of 4-(bromomethyl)-l,l'-biphenyl. 'HNMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 7.64 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J = 9.5, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (td, J = 8.2, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 4.94 (s, 2H), 3.77 (d, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H), 3.72 (tt, J = 6.2, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 3.63 - 3.54 (m, 2H), 3.47 (tt, J = 5.6, 1.9 Hz, 2H), 1.65 - 1.52 (m, 2H), 1.40-1.19 (m, 30H), 0.96 - 0.84 (m, 12H), 0.09 (s, 6H). Intermediate 51-2: (5)-4-fluoro-2-(((l-hydroxy-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)methyl) benzonitrile 51-1 51-2 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0394] Intermediate 51-2 was prepared in a manner similar to intermediate 18-3, using 51-1 instead of intermediate 18-2. 'HNMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 7.69 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (dd, J = 9.2, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (td, J = 8.2, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 4.90 (d, J = 3.4 Hz, 2H), 3.85 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 3.81-3.72 (m, 2H), 3.70-3.59 (m, 2H), 3.48 (td, J = 6.6, 1.5 Hz, 2H), 2.22 (s, 1H), 1.58 (d, J = 14.8 Hz, 2H), 1.28 (s, 30H), 0.94 - 0.86 (m, 3H). Example 51: ((27?,35,47?,57?)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l- / |[l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((7?)-2-((2-cyano-5-fluorobenzyl)oxy)-3- (octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (51) 51-2 51

[0395] Compound 51 was prepared in a manner similar to compound 19, using 51-2 instead of 19-2. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.48 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 25.2 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 6.90 (m, 1H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 4.28 (s, 2H), 4.14 (s, 1H), 3.89 (s, 2H), 3.78 (s, 1H), 3.71 (s, 4H), 3.61 (d, J = 10.2 Hz, 2H), 1.56 (m, 2H), 1.30 (s, 30H), 0.91 (m, 3H). LCMS: 829.5 [M-H]'. Example 52: ((27?,35,47?,57?)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l- / |[l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl {(R) -2-((2,3-dihydro- lH-inden-5 -yl)methoxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (52) 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 52

[0396] Compound 52 was prepared in a manner similar to compound 19, using 5-(bromomethyl)-2,3-dihydro-IH-indene instead of l-(bromomethyl)-3-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzene. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 8 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.12 -7.04 (m, 2H), 7.00 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.80 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H), 4.63 -4.50 (m, 2H), 4.41 - 4.31 (m, 2H), 4.26 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.17 - 4.02 (m, 2H), 3.92 - 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.76 - 3.66 (m, 1H), 3.42 - 3.36 (m, 2H), 2.86 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 4H), 2.13 - 1.96 (m, 2H), 1.52 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.38 - 1.24 (m, 30H), 0.92 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H). LCMS: 828.2. Intermediate 53-1: (R)-4-(((l-((tert-Butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2- yl)oxy)methyl)-3-fluorobenzonitrile: 60% NaH, THF, rt CN 53-1

[0397] NaH (60% oil dispersion, 88 mg, 2.29 mmol, 3.5 eq) was suspended in THF (6 ml) and cooled to 0 °C. A solution of l-O-Octadecyl-3-O-tert-butyldimethylsilyl-sn-glycerol (300 mg, 0.654 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (2.5 ml) was added over 30 seconds. After 30 min at 0 °C a solution 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 of alkyl bromide ( 560 mg, 2.62 mmol) in THF (2.5 ml) was added. The mixture was stirred for 16 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with water (15 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (0-30 % EtOAc in hexanes), giving the product. Intermediate 53-2: (S)-3-fluoro-4-(((l-hydroxy-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)methyl) benzonitrile: 53-2

[0398] To a solution of silyl protected compound (342 mg, 0.578 mmol) in THF (3.3 mL) at 0 °C, IM TBAF in THF (1 mL, 1 mmol) was added and stirred for 1 h. It was diluted with water (3 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2x10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (2x5 mL), brine dried (Na2SO4), evaporated and purified the residue by column chromatography silica gel, 0-60% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give the product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 7.66 (t, 1H), 7.47 (dd, 1H), 7.34 (dd, 1H), 4.92 - 4.73 (m, 2H), 3.90 -3.66 (m, 3H), 3.61 (m, 2H), 3.45 (m, 2H), 2.21 (s, 1H), 1.57 (m, 2H), 1.26 (s, 26H), 0.94 - 0.81 (m, 3H). Intermediate 53-3: ((3aR,4R,6R,6aR)-6-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-6-cyano-2,2-dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-d][l,3]dioxol-4-yl)methyl (2-chlorophenyl) ((R)-2-((4-cyano-2-fluorobenzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) phosphate: 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 N-methylimidazole THF, 1h, rt THF, 16 h, rt

[0399] To a solution of 1,2,4-trizole (43 mg, 0.62 mmol) and triethylamine (87 uL, 0.62 mmol) in anhydrous THF (0.4 mL) was added a solution of 2-chlorophenyl dichlorophosphate (76 mg, 0.3 Immol) in THF (0.4 mL). The mixture was stirred for 30 min. and then filtered. To the filtrate were added sequentially, additional THF (1.2 mL), the nucleoside (77 mg, 0.232 mmol), and 1-methylimidazole (26 mg, 0.31 mmol). After 1 h, (S)-3-fluoro-4-(((l-hydroxy-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)methyl)benzonitrile (107 mg, 0.232 mmol) was added to the mixture and stirred overnight at room temperature. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (0-15% MeOH in CH2Q2) to afford a compound. Example 53: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((4-cyano-2-fluorobenzyl)oxy)-3- (octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate: (53)

[0400] The above Intermediate 53-3 (250 mg, 0.255 mmol) was dissolved in THF (5 mL) and 0.5 N NaOH (1.9 mL) was added at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 4 h. The reaction 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 progress was monitored by TLC. After nearly compete consumption of intermediate, the mixture was neutralized with 4 N HC1 at 0 °C. The mixture was diluted with methanol and Na2SO4 was added. The mixture was filtered and the filtrated was evaporated to give a residue.

[0401] The residue was dissolved in THF (1.5 mL). The resulting solution was cooled in an ice bath. Concentrated aqueous HC1 (0.3 mL) was added. The cold bath was removed the reaction was stirred vigorously for 3 h. The mixture was neutralized with Na2CO3, diluted with MeOH, and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated to give a residue which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-40% MeOH in DCM) to give the product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.74 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.54 - 7.39 (m, 2H), 7.04 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.85 -4.72 (m, 2H), 4.36 (m, 1H), 4.27 (m, 1H), 4.18 (m, 1H), 4.09 (m, 1H), 3.92 (m, 1H), 3.78 (t, 1H), 3.63 - 3.35 (m, 4H), 1.51 (m, 2H), 1.28 (d, 30H), 1.01 -0.84 (m, 3H). 3 3P NMR (162 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 0.28. MS: 831.22 (M+l). Intermediate 54-1: (R)-4-(((l-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)methyl)-2-methoxybenzonitrile: 54-1

[0402] Intermediate 54-1 was synthesized in a manner similar to 53-1. 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Intermediate 54-2: (S)-4-(((l-Hydroxy-3-(octadecyloxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)methyl)-2- methoxybenzonitrile CN TBAF, THF, 1 h, rt

[0403] Intermediate 54-2 was synthesized in a manner similar to 53-2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 7.50 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.82 - 4.63 (m, 2H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.83 - 3.53 (m, 4H), 3.45 (m, 2H), 2.25 (s, 1H), 1.56 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 1.26 (s, 30H), 0.88 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H). Intermediate 54-3: ((3aR,4R,6R,6aR)-6-(4-Aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-6-cyano- 2,2-dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-d][l,3]dioxol-4-yl)methyl (2-chlorophenyl) ((R)-2-((4-cyano-2-fluorobenzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) phosphate: N-methylimidazole THF, 1 h, rt 54-3

[0404] To a solution of 1,2,4-trizole (43 mg, 0.62 mmol) and triethylamine (87 uL, 0.62 mmol) in anhydrous THF (0.4 mL) was added a solution of 2-chlorophenyl dichlorophosphate (76 mg, 0.3 Immol) in THF (0.4 mL). The mixture was stirred for 30 min. and then filtered. To the filtrate were added sequentially, additional THF (1.2 mL), the nucleoside (77 mg, 0.232 mmol), 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 and 1-methylimidazole (26 mg, 0.31 mmol). After 1 h, (S)-4-((( 1 -hydroxy-3-(octadecyloxy )propan-2-yl)oxy)methyl)-2-methoxybenzonitrile (115 mg, 0.235 mmol) was added to the mixture and stirred overnight at room temperature. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (0-15% MeOH in CH2Q2) to afford the compound. Example 54: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-Aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl ((R)-2-((4-cyano-3-methoxybenzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (54)

[0405] The above intermediate (222 mg, 0.223 mmol) was dissolved in THF (4.5 mL) and 0.5 N NaOH (1.6 mL) was added at 50 °C. The mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 3 h. The reaction progress was monitored by TLC. After nearly compete consumption of intermediate, the mixture was neutralized with 4 N HC1 at 0 °C. The mixture was diluted with methanol and Na2SO4 was added. The mixture was filtered and the filtrated was evaporated to give a residue.

[0406] The residue was dissolved in THF (1.5 mL). The resulting solution was cooled in an ice bath. Concentrated aqueous HC1 (0.3 mL) was added. The cold bath was removed the reaction was stirred vigorously for 3 h. The mixture was neutralized with Na2CO3, diluted with MeOH, and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated to give a residue which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-40% MeOH in DCM) to give the product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.03 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, 1H), 4.65 (d, 3H), 4.30 - 4.09 (m, 2H), 4.07 - 3.96 (m, 2H), 3.91 (d, 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 4H), 1.43 (d,2H), 1.22 (d, 30H), 0.86 (t, 3H). 31PNMR (162 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5-1.11. MS: 843.28 (M+l). Intermediate 55-1: Preparation of 3-(heptadecyloxy )propan-l-ol: NaH, KI, DMF

[0407] To a solution of 1,3-propanediol (1.03 g, 13.5 mmol) in dry DMF (6 mL) was added NaH (60% oil dispersion; 0.172 g, 4.5 mmol) in installments at 0 °C and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 min. 1-bromoheptadecane (0.958 g, 3 mmol) and KI (498 mg, 3 mmol) were added and the mixture was heated at 95 °C for 4 h. After cooling, the mixture was poured into ice-water and extracted with DCM. The extracts were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated. The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel; AcOEt / hexane, 1:2) to provide a product as a solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) 5 3.87 - 3.77 (m, 2H), 3.64 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.45 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 1.86 (m, 2H), 1.65 -1.51 (m, 2H), 1.28 (s, 30H), 0.98 - 0.85 (m, 3H). Intermediate 55-2: ((3aR,4R,6R,6aR)-6-(4-aminopyrrolo[2, l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-6-cyano- 2,2-dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-d][l,3]dioxol-4-yl)methyl (2-chlorophenyl) ((R)-2-((4-cyano-2-fluorobenzyl)oxy)-3-(octadecyloxy)propyl) phosphate: 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0408] To a solution of 1,2,4-trizole (43 mg, 0.62 mmol) and triethylamine (87 uL, 0.62 mmol) in anhydrous THF (0.4 mL) was added a solution of 2-chlorophenyl dichlorophosphate (76 mg, 0.3 Immol) in THF (0.4 mL). The mixture was stirred for 30 min. and then filtered. To the filtrate were added sequentially, additional THF (1.2 mL), the nucleoside (77 mg, 0.232 mmol), and 1-methylimidazole (26 mg, 0.31 mmol). After 1 h, 3-(heptadecyloxy)propan-l-ol (74 mg, 0.235 mmol) was added to the mixture and stirred overnight at room temperature. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (0-15% MeOH in CH2CI2) to afford a compound. Example 55: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl (3-(heptadecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (55) 55-2

[0409] The above intermediate 55-2 (100 mg, 0.122 mmol) was dissolved in THF (1.2 mL) and IN TBAF (1.5 mL), DMAP (149 mg, 1.22 mmol), and water (45 mg) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. To the mixture, TMSC1 (0.19 mL, 1.47 mmol), followed by cone. HC1 (1.4 mL) were added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 h. Then, added 4-methylmorpholine (1.98 g) and diluted with MeOH. The mixture was filtered and purified by HPLC (60-100% ACN in water with 0.1% TFA) to give the product. ^NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.37 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.77 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.44 - 4.34 (m, 1H), 4.31 - 4.19 (m, 2H), 4.14 (m, 1H), 4.00 (m, 2H), 3.51 (t, 2H), 3.42 (m, 2H), 1.88 (m, 2H), 1.55 (m, 2H), 1.40 - 1.22 (m, 30H), 0.98 - 0.85 (m, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 -0.01. MS 668.24 (M+l). 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Intermediate 56-1: 3-decoxypropan-l-ol: NaH, KI, DMF 56-1

[0410] 56-1 was synthesized in a manner similar to 55-1 using 1-bromodecane as alkylation agent. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 4.36 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 3.49 - 3.35 (m, 4H), 1.63 (p, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 1.47 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.25 (s, 14H), 0.93 - 0.79 (m, 3H). Intermediate 56-2: ((3aR,4R,6R,6aR)-6-(4-Aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-6-cyano- 2,2-dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-d][l,3]dioxol-4-yl)methyl (2-chlorophenyl) (3- (decyloxy)propyl) phosphate: N-methylimidazole THF, 1h, rt THF, 16 h, rt 56-2

[0411] Intermediate 56-2 was synthesized in a manner similar to 55-2 using intermediate 3- decoxypropan-1 -ol. Example 56: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-Aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl (3-(decyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (56) 56-2 (l)tetramethylguanidine (2) cone. HCI, THF

[0412] 1,1,3,3-Tetramethylguanidine (61 mg, 0.53 mmol) and syn-2-pyridinealdoxime (0.11 g, 0.88 mmol ) in THF (1 mL) were added to a solution of the 56-2 ( 63 mg, 0.088 mmol) in THF 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 (1.8 mL) and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo, the residue was purified by flash chromatography with 0-50% MeOH in DCM to give a product. MS :610.20 (M+l). The above product was dissolved in THF (0.5 mL). The resulting solution was cooled in an ice bath. Concentrated aqueous HC1 (0.1 mL) was added. The cold bath was removed the reaction was stirred vigorously for 3 h. The mixture was neutralized with Na2CO3, diluted with MeOH, and filtered. The solution was purified by prep-HPLC with Gilson prep HPLC (Gemini column, 40-100% CH3CN in H2O with 0.1% TFA) go give the product. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.78 (m, 1H), 4.38 (m, 1H), 4.24 (m, 2H), 4.21 - 4.08 (m, 1H), 3.98 (m, 2H), 3.51 (m, 2H), 3.41 (m, 2H), 1.87 (m, 2H), 1.54 (t, 2H), 1.30 (d, 14H), 0.91 (t, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 0.18. MS: 570.16 (M+l). Intermediate 57-1: Preparation 3-dodecoxypropan-l-ol: 57-1

[0413] Intermediate 57-1 was synthesized in a manner similar to 55-1 using 1-bromodecane as alkylation agent. XHNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 4.36 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 3.48 - 3.36 (m, 6H), 1.63 (m, 2H), 1.47 (m, 2H), 1.25 (s, 18H), 0.92 - 0.80 (m, 3H). Intermediate 57-2: ((3aR,4R,6R,6aR)-6-(4-Aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-6-cyano-2,2-dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-d][l,3]dioxol-4-yl)methyl (2-chlorophenyl) (3-(dodecyloxy)propyl) phosphate 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 N-methyl imidazole THF, 1h, rt THF, 16 h, rt 57-2

[0414] Intermediate 57-2 was synthesized in a manner similar to 55-2 using intermediate 3- dodecoxypropan-1 -ol. Example 57:((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-Aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-c yano-3,4-dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl (3-(dodecyloxy )propyl) hydrogen phosphate (57) 57-2 (1 (tetramethylguanidine (2) cone. HCI, THF

[0415] Compound 57 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 56 . 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.78 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.38 (dt, J = 6.5, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 4.29 - 4.20 (m, 2H), 4.13 (m, 1H), 3.98 (m, 2H), 3.51 (m, 2H), 3.41 (m, 2H), 1.87 (m, 2H), 1.53 (m, 2H), 1.29 (s, 18H), 0.99 - 0.84 (m, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 0.22. MS: 596.18 (M+l). Intermediate 58-1: Preparation 3-(tetradecyloxy)propan-l-ol: CC^ + HO^x^OH 58-1

[0416] Intermediate 58-1 was synthesized in a manner similar to 55-1 using 1-bromotetradecane as alkylation agent. XHNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 4.36 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.49 - 3.35 (m, 5H), 1.63 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 1.47 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.25 (s, 22H), 0.94 - 0.79 (m, 3H). 2024201573   08 Mar 2024 Intermediate 58-2: ((3aR,4R,6R,6aR)-6-(4-Aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-6-cyano- 2,2-dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-d][l,3]dioxol-4-yl)methyl (2-chlorophenyl) (3- (tetradecyloxy)propyl) phosphate: N-methyl imidazole THF, 1h, rt THF, 16 h, rt 58-2

[0417] Intermediate 58-2 was synthesized in a manner similar to 55-2 using intermediate 3-(tetradecyloxy)propan-1 -ol. Example 58: ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-5-(4-Aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-5-cyano-3,4- dihydroxytetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl (3-(tetradecyloxy)propyl) hydrogen phosphate (58) 58-2 (1 )tetramethylguanidine (2) cone. HCI, THF

[0418] Compound 58 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 56. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.35 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.77 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.43 - 4.32 (m, 1H), 4.24 (m, 2H), 4.13 (m, 1H), 3.99 (m, 2H), 3.51 m, 2H), 3.41 (m, 2H), 1.87 (m, 2H), 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.30 (s, 22H), 0.98 - 0.86 (m, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, Methanol-d4) 5 0.09. MS: 626.19 (M+l). Intermediate 59-1: Preparations-octadecoxypropan-l-ol: NaH, KI, DMF 2024201573   08 Mar 2024

[0419] Intermediate 59-1 was synthesized in a manner similar to 55-1 using 1-bromooctadecane as alkylation agent. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 4.36 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 3.48 - 3.36 (m, 4H), 3.30 (s, 2H), 1.63 (m, 2H), 1.47 (m, 2H), 1.24 (s, 32H), 0.91 - 0.81 (m, 3H). Intermediate 59-2: ((3aR,4R,6R,6aR)-6-(4-Aminopyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-7-yl)-6-cyano- 2,2-dimethyltetrahydrofuro[3,4-d][l,3]dioxol-4-yl)methyl (2-chlorophenyl) (3- (octadecyloxy)propyl) phosphate:

[0420] Intermediate 59-2 was sy...

Claims

2024201573   08 Mar 20241.     A compound of Formula I:R6O OR7Formula Ior a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:Z1 is -CH2- or -CH2-CH2-;Z2 is -CH2- or -CH2-CH2-;X is bond, -O-, -(CR12AR12B)q-, -O(CR12AR12B)q-, or -OCR12AR12B-(CR13=CR14)-; whereineach R12A is independently H, Ci-Ce alkyl, or phenyl;each R12B is independently H or Ci-Ce alkyl; orR12A and R12B on same carbon are joined together to form a C3-C6 cycloalkylene;R13 is H, Ci-Ce alkyl, or phenyl;R14 is H, Ci-Ce alkyl, or phenyl; andq is 1 or 2;R1 is H, C1-C20 alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, Ce-Cio aryl, or 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, S, and O; wherein when R1 is not H, the R1 group is optionally substituted with one or two R1A groups;wherein each R1A is independently a C1-C3 alkyl, phenyl, halo, C1-C3 alkoxy, cyano, or Ci-Cshaloalkyl; or wherein two R1A on same or adjacent2024201573   08 Mar 2024carbons are joined together to from a 3 to 6 membered cycloalkyl or 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, S, and O;R2 is H or C1-C3 alkyl;Y is absent, phenylene, or C3-C6 cycloalkylene;R3 is H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, C1-C3 haloalkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl;each R4 is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, C1-C3 haloalkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl; or R4 group together with the R4 group of one adjacent carbon atom forms a double bond;each R5 is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, C1-C3 haloalkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl;R6isHor -C(O)Ci-C6 alkyl;R7 is H or -C(O)Ci-Ce alkyl; andm is an integer from 10 to 21.

2. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is a bond, -O-, -(CR12AR12B)q-, or -O(CR12AR12B)q-.

3. The compound of claim 1 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is bond, -O-, -OCH2, or -CH2CH2.

4. The compound of any one of claims 1-3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is a bond.

5. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is -O-, -(CR12AR12B)q-, -O(CR12AR12B)q-, or -OCR12AR12B-(CR13=CR14)-.

6. The compound of claim 1 or 5, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is -O-, -O(CR12AR12B)q-, or -OCR12AR12B-(CR13=CR14)-.2024201573   08 Mar 20247.     The compound of any one of claims 1-6, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,wherein X is -O-, -O(CR12AR12B)-, or -OCR12AR12B-(CR13=CR14)-.

8. The compound of any one of claims 1-7, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is -O-, -OCH2-, or -OCH2-(CH=CH)-.

9. The compound of any one of claims 1-8, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is -O-.

10. The compound of any one of claims 1-8, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is -OCH2-.

11. The compound of any one of claims 1-10, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Z1 is -CH2- and Z2 is -CH2-.

12. The compound of any one of claims 1-10, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein at least one of Z1 and Z2 is -CH2-CH2-.

13. The compound of any one of claims 1-11, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound of a Formula II:Formula II,whereinR8is H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, C1-C3 haloalkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl;R9 is H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, C1-C3 haloalkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl; w is an integer from 10 to 21;2024201573   08 Mar 2024v is an integer from 10 to 21;u is 0 or 1; andw+u+v is an integer from 10 to 21.

14. The compound of any one of claims 1-13, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein u is 0.

15. The compound of any one of claims 1-13, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein u is 1.

16. The compound of any one of claims 1-15, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound has a Formula III:R66 OR7Formula III,wherein n is an integer from 8 to 19.

17. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,wherein Y is phenylene or C3-C6 cycloalkylene.

18. The compound of any one of claims 1-17, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,wherein Y is phenylene.

19. The compound of any one of claims 1-18, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,wherein Y is2024201573   08 Mar 202420. The compound of any one of claims 1-17, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Y is C3-C6 cycloalkylene.

21. The compound of any one of claims 1-17 and 20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof, wherein Y is    '—'   .

22. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Y is absent.

23. The compound of any one of claims 1-22, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound has a Formula IV:Formula IV,wherein n is an integer from 8 to 19.

24. The compound of any one of claims 1-23, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R2 is H.

25. The compound of any one of claims 1-23, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R2 is C1-C3 alkyl.

26. The compound of any one of claims 1-23 and 25, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R2 is methyl.2024201573   08 Mar 202427. The compound of any one of claims 1-26, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,wherein the compound has a Formula V:Formula V.

28. The compound of any one of claims 1-27, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,wherein the compound has a Formula Va:Formula Va.

29. The compound of any one of claims 1-27, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,wherein the compound has a Formula Vb:Formula Vb.

30. The compound of any one of claims 1-29, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R5 is independently H, or C1-C3 alkyl.2024201573   08 Mar 202431. The compound of any one of claims 1-29, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R5 is independently H, methyl or ethyl.

32. The compound of any one of claims 1-31, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R5 is H.

33. The compound of any one of claims 1-32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R3 is H, C1-C3 alkyl or C3-C6 cycloalkyl.

34. The compound of any one of claims 1-33, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R3 is H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl.

35. The compound of any one of claims 1-34, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R3 is H.

36. The compound of any one of claims 1-34, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R3 is ethyl.

37. The compound of any one of claims 1-34, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R3 is cyclopropyl.

38. The compound of any one of claims 1-37, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, each R4 is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl, halo, C1-C3 haloalkyl, or C3-C6 cycloalkyl.

39. The compound of any one of claims 1-38, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R4 is independently H, methyl or ethyl.

40. The compound of any one of claims 1-39, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R4 is H.2024201573   08 Mar 202441. The compound of any one of claims 1-37, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein n is an integer from 11-18.

42. The compound of any one of claims 1-41, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein n is 16.

43. The compound of any one of claims 1-42, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound has a Formula VI:Formula VI.

44. The compound of any one of claims 1-43, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,wherein the compound has a Formula Via:Formula Via.2024201573   08 Mar 202445. The compound of any one of claims 1-43, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound has a Formula VIb:Formula VIb.

46. The compound of any one of claims 1-45, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is Ci-Ce alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, or 5-6 membered heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, S, and O; wherein the R1 group is optionally substituted with one or two R1A groups.

47. The compound of any one of claims 1-46, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is Ci-Ce alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, Ce-Cio aryl, or 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, S, and O; wherein the R1 group is optionally substituted with one or two R1A groups.

48. The compound of any one of claims 1-46, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is Ci-Ce alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, or Ce-Cio aryl; wherein the R1 group is optionally substituted with one or two R1A groups.

49. The compound of any one of claims 1-46, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is Ci-Ce alkyl or Ce-Cio aryl; wherein the R1 group is optionally substituted with one or two R1A groups.

50. The compound of any one of claims 1-46, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is Ci-Ce alkyl optionally substituted with one or two R1A groups.2024201573   08 Mar 202451. The compound of any one of claims 1-46, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is Ce-Cio aryl optionally substituted with one or two R1A groups.

52. The compound of any one of claims 1-51, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is phenyl, napthyl, thiophenyl, cyclohexyl, methyl, ethyl, or propyl, wherein R1 group is optionally substituted with one or two R1A groups.

53. The compound of any one of claims 1-52, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is unsubstituted.

54. The compound of any one of claims 1-52, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is substituted with one R1A group.

55. The compound of any one of claims 1-52, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is substituted with two R1A groups.

56. The compound of any one of claims 1-55, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R1A is independently C1-C3 alkyl, phenyl, halo, C1-C3 alkoxy, cyano, or Ci-Cshaloalkyl.

57. The compound of any one of claims 1-56, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R1A is independently methyl, phenyl, chloro, fluoro, methoxy, cyano, CHF2, or CF3.

58. The compound of any one of claims 1-57, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R1A is independently methyl, phenyl, chloro, fluoro, methoxy, cyano, or CF3.2024201573   08 Mar 202459. The compound of any one of claims 1-56, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R1A is independently methyl, phenyl, chloro, fluoro, methoxy, ethoxy, cyano, CHF2, or CF3.

60. The compound of any one of claims 1-56 and 59, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R1A is independently methyl, phenyl, chloro, fluoro, methoxy, ethoxy, cyano, or CF3.

61. The compound of any one of claims 1-60, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R1A is independently chloro, fluoro, or cyano.

62. The compound of any one of claims 1-61, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein at least one R1A is cyano.

63. The compound of any one of claims 1-62, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein at least one R1A is cyano, and the other R1A, if present, is a cyano or halo.

64. The compound of any one of claims 1-61, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, R1A3 r1A4 JL r1A2 R^sj^^R1^wherein R1 is '’T''       ; each R1A1, R1A2, R1A3, R1A4, and R1A5 is independently H,C1-C3 alkyl, phenyl, halo, C1-C3 alkoxy, cyano, or Ci-Cshaloalkyl; wherein at least one of R1A2, R1A3, and R1A4 is CN and at least three of R1A1, R1A2, R1A3, R1A4, and R1A5 are H.

65. The compound of claim 64, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, each R1A1, R1A2, R1A3, ria4, ancj ri as jncjepenciently H, halo or cyano.

66. The compound of any one of claims 1-55, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein two R1A on same or adjacent carbons are joined together to from a 3 to 62024201573   08 Mar 2024membered cycloalkyl or 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, S, and O.

67. The compound of any one of claims 1-55 and 66, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein two R1A on same or adjacent carbons are joined together to from a 3 to 6 membered cycloalkyl.

68. The compound of any one of claims 1-55, 66, and 67, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein two R1A on same or adjacent carbons are joined together to from a 5 membered cycloalkyl.

69. The compound of any one of claims 1-55 and 66, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein two R1A on same or adjacent carbons are joined together to from a 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms selected from N, S, and O.

70. The compound of any one of claims 1-69, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,2024201573   08 Mar 20242024201573   08 Mar 2024cf37I , -CH3, -CH(CH3)2, -C(CH3)3, -CH2CH(CH3)2, -C(CH3)2CH2CH3, and -Ci6H33.

71. The compound of any one of claims 1-67, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,2024201573   08 Mar 202472.OMe         Cl        ClNC, -CH3, -CH(CH3)2, -C(CH3)3, -CH2CH(CH3)2, -C(CH3)2CH2CH3, and -Ci6H33.The compound of any one of claims 1-68, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,2024201573   08 Mar 2024OMe         Cl        ClC(CH3)2CH2CH3, and -Ci6H33.?I , -CH3, -CH(CH3)2, -C(CH3)3, -CH2CH(CH3)2, -73.The compound of any one of claims 1-69, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:CH3, -C(CH3)3, and -C(CH3)2CH2CH3.74.The compound of any one of claims 1-65, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of2024201573   08 Mar 202475. The compound of any one of claims 1-74, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,wherein each R6 and R7 is independently H or C1-C3 alkyl.

76. The compound of any one of claims 1-75, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R6 and R7 is H.2024201573   08 Mar 202477. A compound selected from the group consisting of:2024201573   08 Mar 2024WO 2022 / 046631                                                 PCT / US2021 / 0471452024201573   08 Mar 20242024201573   08 Mar 20242024201573   08 Mar 20242024201573   08 Mar 20242024201573   08 Mar 20242024201573   08 Mar 2024Cl2024201573   08 Mar 20242024201573   08 Mar 2024NH2 L                                N 0        O              <\ 1      1 I        11               v^-N / \z°\A / °TC o r [            OH V \^\C    ho' oh thereof.

78. A compound selected from the group consisting of: 9 1                         nh2 0^ 0    CC ^^O^^Q-P-Q-X o      / / \ / Cs [            OH Y 7 N" | V- / |           ; - N H0 0H         \x^X NH2 ZYi OW 11           \      F' 0    \— / 1           ~    -    N J     H0  0H , Ph OH I" °\ / -N C / ZCN N~ HO 6h Ph p Yo £ OH r°yA-t ''ON H0 6h or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt Ph CJ           nh2 Cl 1 I OK    V.L ^^ / O^^O—\ 0N 11            \       F' 0    !— / 1           '    - N 1      HO   OH , Cl nh2 0^        Cl ? 11          \     F' 0    V-1 1           '    '    N J     HO  OH , nh2 Li -j , nh2 \| XN ,2024201573   08 Mar 20242024201573   08 Mar 2024or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

79. A compound selected from the group consisting of:2024201573   08 Mar 20242024201573   08 Mar 20242024201573   08 Mar 20242024201573   08 Mar 20242024201573   08 Mar 20242024201573   08 Mar 20242024201573   08 Mar 20242024201573   08 Mar 20242024201573   08 Mar 202480. A compound selected form the group consisting of:pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

81. A pharmaceutical formulation comprising a pharmaceutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1-80, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.

82. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 81, wherein the pharmaceutical formulation is for subcutaneous administration.

83. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 81, wherein the pharmaceutical formulation is for intravenous administration.

84. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 81, wherein the pharmaceutical formulation is for oral administration.

85. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 81, wherein the pharmaceutical formulation is for administration by inhalation.2024201573   08 Mar 202486. A method of treating or preventing a viral infection in a human in need thereof, wherein the method comprises administering to the human the compound of any one of claims 180, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

87. The method of claim 86, wherein the pharmaceutical formulation is administered to the human via oral, intravenous, subcutaneous, or inhalation administration.

88. The method of claim 86 or 87, wherein the method comprises administering to the human at least one additional therapeutic or prophylactic agent.

89. The method of any one of claims 86-88, wherein the viral infection is a coronavirus infection.

90. The method of any one of claims 86-89, wherein the viral infection is a zoonotic coronavirus infection.

91. The method of any one of claims 86-90, wherein the viral infection is caused by a virus having at least 70% sequence homology to a viral polymerase selected from the group consisting of SARS polymerase, MERS polymerase and SARS-CoV-2.

92. The method of any one of claims 86-91, wherein the viral infection is caused by a virus having at least 80% sequence homology to a viral polymerase selected from the group consisting of SARS polymerase, MERS polymerase and SARS-CoV-2.

93. The method of any one of claims 86-92, wherein the viral infection is caused by a virus having at least 90% sequence homology to a viral polymerase selected from the group consisting of SARS polymerase, MERS polymerase and SARS-CoV-2.2024201573   08 Mar 202494. The method of any one of claims 86-93, wherein the viral infection is caused by a virus having at least 95% sequence homology to a viral polymerase selected from the group consisting of SARS polymerase, MERS polymerase and SARS-CoV-2.

95. The method of any one of claims 86-89, wherein the viral infection is selected form the group consisting of 229E virus infection, NL63 virus infection, OC43 virus infection, and HKU1 virus infection.

96. The method of any one of claims 86-94, wherein the viral infection is SARS-CoV-2 infection (COVID-19).

97. The method of any one of claims 86-94, wherein the viral infection is a SARS virus infection.

98. The method of any one of claims 86-94, wherein the viral infection is a MERS virus infection.

99. The method of any one of claims 86-88, wherein the viral infection is a pneumoviridae virus infection.

100. The method of claim 99, wherein the pneumoviridae virus infection is respiratory syncytial virus infection.

101. The method of claim 99, wherein the pneumoviridae virus infection is human metapneumovirus infection.

102. The method of any one of claims 86-88, wherein the viral infection is a picomaviridae virus infection.

103. The method of claim 102, wherein the viral infection is an enterovirus infection.2024201573   08 Mar 2024104. The method of claim 102 or 103, wherein the viral infection is selected from the group consisting of Coxsackie A virus infection, Coxsackie A virus infection, enterovirus D68 infection, enterovirus B69 infection, enterovirus D70 infection, enterovirus A71 infection, and poliovirus infection.

105. The method of claim 102, wherein the picomaviridae virus infection is human rhinovirus infection.

106. The method of any one of claims 86-88, wherein the viral infection is a flaviviridae virus infection.

107. The method of claim 106, wherein the flaviviridae virus infection is a dengue virus infection, yellow fever virus infection, West Nile virus infection, tick borne encephalitis, Kunjin Japanese encephalitis, St. Louis encephalitis, Murray valley encephalitis, Omsk hemorrhagic fever, bovine viral diarrhea, zika virus infection, or a HCV infection.

108. The method of any one of claims 86-88, wherein the viral infection is a filoviridae virus infection.

109. The method of claim 108, wherein the filoviridae virus infection is an ebola virus infection or a Marburg virus infection.

110. The method of any one of claims 86-88, wherein the viral infection is an orthomyxovirus infection.

111. The method of claim 110, wherein the viral infection is an influenza virus infection.

112. The method of claim 110 or 111, wherein the viral infection is an influenza A virusinfection or influenza B virus infection.2024201573   08 Mar 2024113. The method of any one of claims 86-88, wherein the viral infection is a paramyxoviridae virus infection.

114. The method of claim 113, wherein the viral infection is a human parainfluenza virus, nipah virus, Hendra virus, measles, or mumps infection.

115. A method for manufacturing a medicament for treating or preventing a viral infection in a human in need thereof, characterized in that a compound of any one of claims 1-80, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is used.

116. Use of a compound of any one of claims 1-80, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of a viral infection in a human in need thereof.

117. The use of claim 116, wherein the medicament is used with at least one additional therapeutic agent.

118. The compound of any one of claims 1-80, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in treatment or prevention of a viral infection in a human in need thereof.

119. The compound of claim 118, wherein the compound is for use with at least one additional therapeutic agent.